TW308680B - System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a display able data file using an ergonomic computer input device - Google Patents

System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a display able data file using an ergonomic computer input device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW308680B
TW308680B TW85103496A TW85103496A TW308680B TW 308680 B TW308680 B TW 308680B TW 85103496 A TW85103496 A TW 85103496A TW 85103496 A TW85103496 A TW 85103496A TW 308680 B TW308680 B TW 308680B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
user
data
roller
computer
display
Prior art date
Application number
TW85103496A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Siddiqui Kabir
T Brewer Timothy
H Michelman Eric
Roshak Todd
Kim Ryan
Niemisto Juba
M Adams Aditha
Original Assignee
Microsoft Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/614,147 external-priority patent/US6097371A/en
Application filed by Microsoft Corp filed Critical Microsoft Corp
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW308680B publication Critical patent/TW308680B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

An ergonomic pointing device, such as a mouse, includes a wheel to provide an input signal in addition to X and Y position signals provided by a rotatable ball of a standard mouse. The wheel extends from an upper surface of the pointing device and may be rotated and depressed by the finger of the user, the wheel being positioned and configured to allow a user to activate the wheel while maintaining a finger in a biomechanically neutral position. The wheel and associated structure, as well as the forces required to rotate and depress the wheel, are configured to reduce inadvertent actuation and to provide a user with tactile feedback, thereby allowing the user to accurately and intuitively activate the pointing device without exceeding an acceptable extension and range of motion for the user's finger and wrist. The mouse is coupled to a computer having a visual display device. The computer is capable of displaying a data file such as a word processing or spreadsheet document, where the data file has adjustable display characteristics such as size (zoom) or data structure (content). As a user rotates the roller, the mouse generates computer signals that are interpreted by an operating system and software applications running on the computer. The signals generated by the roller, together with a given software application, can be used in at least two ways: spatial navigation and data navigation. In spatial navigation, a user rotates the roller to cause the computer and the visual display to zoom into and out of the document and thereby display increasing or decreasing magnification levels of the document on the display. Other modes of spatial navigation allow the user to activate a roller switch, depress special function keys on a keyboard and/or move the mouse to pan, automatically scroll or manually scroll through the document. In data navigation, the user rotates the roller to view differing levels of content or detail with respect to the document.

Description

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1 ) 先前申請案之交_^_參照 "* ~~~*-—--- 本申請案是1996年1月2日提出申請的美國專利申請案 08/583,650之部分接續申請案。 技術領域 本發明係有關一種系統及方法之領域,此種系統及方法 自以人體工學設計的指向裝置等電腦輸入裝置接收輸入信 號,並將諸如使用者命令等信號提供給一電腦,以便調整 諸如文件等可顯示的資料檔。 發明背景 目前已採用了各種電腦輸入裝置將各種輸入信號提供給 電腦,以供某些應用。例如,對於大多數的應用而言,鍵 盤是將文數字元輸入到電腦的理想方法。通常配合電玩軟 體使用搖桿則依據手腕的移動,而提供二維位置信號。對 於對應於電腦螢幕平面内的移動之位置信號,或是對應於 與電腦螢幕垂直的移動(亦即移進及移出螢幕的虛擬移動) 之位置信號而言,搖桿都可以相當直梵的方式提供此種位 置信號。然而,搖桿是相當笨重,且有時是看來笨拙的, 特別是在商業環境中更是如此。 相反的,諸如滑鼠及軌跡球等大多數的電腦指向裝置都 是較不笨重的。滑鼠及跡球都包含一部分包封一可轉球體 之外殼,且設有一個或多個啓動按鈕。電子編碼器感測球 體的轉動,並產生用來指示球體轉動的信號("計數")。此 種計數被用來控制電腦顯示螢幕上一游標或指標的二維移 動之大小及方向。然而,此種滑鼠只提供對應於二維移動 -4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) n m nn t^i— n^i I f. n nn ant n TJ t^i ~ - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 308680 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2 ) 的兩個位置信號。 授與Chang的美國專利5,298,919及授與Venolia等人的美 國專利5,313,230説明了 一些可提供三維位置信號之滑鼠, 這類滑鼠係在一個二維視凳顯示裝置上以想像之方式將游 標定位在三維空間中。這些專利説明了一種滑鼠輸入裝置 ,此種滑鼠輸入裝置設有一可轉球體,及一指捻滾輪 (thumbwheel),用以提供對應於三維移動之輸入信號。Du Printed A7 B7 of the Consumer Consumption Cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (1) The turn of the previous application Part of the US patent application 08 / 583,650 filed on the Japanese filing application continued. TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to the field of a system and method that receives input signals from computer input devices such as ergonomic pointing devices and provides signals such as user commands to a computer for adjustment Displayable data files such as documents. Background of the Invention Various computer input devices have been used to provide various input signals to computers for certain applications. For example, for most applications, the keyboard is the ideal method for inputting alphanumeric characters to a computer. The joystick is usually used with video game software to provide a two-dimensional position signal according to the movement of the wrist. For the position signal corresponding to the movement in the plane of the computer screen, or the position signal corresponding to the movement perpendicular to the computer screen (that is, the virtual movement of moving in and out of the screen), the joystick can be quite straightforward Provide this position signal. However, rockers are quite bulky and sometimes seem clumsy, especially in a commercial environment. In contrast, most computer pointing devices such as mice and trackballs are less bulky. Both the mouse and the trackball include a part of a casing enclosing a rotatable sphere, and one or more activation buttons are provided. The electronic encoder senses the rotation of the sphere and generates a signal (" count ") indicating the rotation of the sphere. This count is used to control the size and direction of the two-dimensional movement of a cursor or pointer on the computer display screen. However, this kind of mouse only provides the corresponding two-dimensional movement -4-This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) nm nn t ^ i— n ^ i I f. N nn ant n TJ t ^ i ~-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 308680 A7 B7 V. Two position signals of the invention description (2). U.S. Patent 5,298,919 to Chang and U.S. Patent 5,313,230 to Venolia et al. Describe some mice that can provide a three-dimensional position signal. Such mice are positioned on a two-dimensional visual stool display device in an imaginary way In three dimensions. These patents describe a mouse input device with a rotatable sphere and a thumbwheel to provide input signals corresponding to three-dimensional movement.

Chang及Venolia等人所揭露的裝置中述及:只將三維位 置信號提供給一電腦。如上文所述,標準的滑鼠及軌跡球 只將二維位置信號提供給一電腦。然而,目前需要一種可 靠性更高之輸入系統,用以將各種輸入信號提供給一電腦 ,而不只控制一物件之三維位置,且亦控制該物件之其他 選項或屬性。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 然而’可將多個輸入信號提供給一電腦的數種此類現有 的指向裝置有一些缺點:這類指向裝置使用起來較不舒適 、或難以使用,特別是在使用較長一段時間後。從幾個方 面就可證明此種現象,洌如在長時間操作指向裝置之後, 使用者的手指或手掌可能感覺疲累。因此,目前需要一種 可將多個輸入信號提供給一電腦之指向裝置,且此種指向 装置使用起來更舒適,义易於使用。 發明概述 本茉共同發明人所發明的一美國專利申請案〇8/467,549,, 二維游標指向裝置”係於1 99 5年6月6曰提出申請,該專利 申請案是1994年1月6曰提出申請的另一專利申請案 -5 - 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公缝) A7 B7 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作杜印製 五、發明説明(3 08/178,524(現在已成爲美國專利5,473,344)之接續申請案 ’該接續申請案係讓渡給本申請案之受讓人。該申請案説 明了一種電腦輸入裝置,該電腦輸入裝置設有一與第一及 第二換能器核合之可轉球體,用以產生第一及第二信號, 以便如同標準滑鼠及軌跡球般地指示該球體之轉動。該輸 入裝置又包含一自該裝置的上面或侧面伸出之滾輪,該滚 輪係搞合到一第三換能器’以便產生一指示該滾輪轉動之 第三信號。不只可將該第三信號用來提供一第三位置信號 ’並可將該第三信號用來控制一電腦視覺顯示器上顯示的 —項目之一非位置特性。所顯示之項目或”影像物件” ("video object”)可以是該視覺顯示器上所表現的—游標、 圖形、或者其他影像或圖形資料。該第一及第二信號可用 來作爲標準的位置信號,以便將一游標定位在所選擇的— 影像物件上,而該滾輪可被轉動,而提供該第三信號,用 以調整該影像物件的一特徵"外觀",例如該物件的尺寸、 顏色、型式、字形、邊界、配置、亮度等。 本申"青案之輸入裝置亦導向—種在數涸重疊視窗或,,疊 層(ply )中選出其中一個疊層之系統。在數個重疊的疊層 中選出一個疊層的典型方法需要使用者將游標定位在所需 勺疊層上,並點放滑鼠以便選擇該疊層此申請案之裝置 ,導向—種系& ’此種'系統可用滚輪的轉動產生該第三信 號,以便捲動並選擇數個重疊的疊層(亦即視窗)中的一個 疊層、:其令至少有一個疊層可完全遮蔽至少某些其他的疊 層°故數個憂層中之每一番層都對應於該可轉滾輪的-預 -6 本錄尺度朗 I In In I - -- I-1— II «II - - - .-*^他" 0 I.- --- n * (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作杜印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4 ) 定轉動量。一電腦係回應於該第三信號,而決定一使用者 選擇的滾輪轉動量,以便利用該對應於使用者所選擇轉動 量之預定轉動量,而捲動並選擇一在視覺上被遮蔽的疊層 ,並因而顯示所選擇的一疊層。 如上文所述,指向裝置通常將二維位置信號提供給一電 胳。某些指向装置可將三個或更多個信號輸入到一電腦, 而容許在一個二維視覺顯示器上以想像之方式將一游標定 位在三維空間。上述申請案亦説明了該第三信號可控制該 視覺顯示器上顯示的一所選擇物件之非位置面向或"外觀I, ,或該第三信號可自數個重疊的疊層中選出一個疊層。 由於對本案共同發明人先前申請案所述裝置及系统之改 良’最好是將諸如滑鼠等使用者輸入裝置耦合到一具有視 覺顯示装置之電腦。該電腦可顯示諸如文書處理文件或試 算表文件等資料檔,其中該資料檔具有可調整之顯示特性 ,例如瓦寸(縮放)、或資料結構(内容)。當使用者轉動滾 輪時’滑鼠產生滾輪信號,且電腦轉譯此滾輪信號。最好 是在導覽文件的至少兩種創新技術中使用該等滾輪信號及 配合的特定應用’這兩種文件導覽技術即是:"空間導覽I’ ("spatial navigation”)及"資料等覽"(data navigation”)。 至少有五種空間導覽模式。在第一模式中,使用者最好 是轉動滾輪,使電腦及顯示裝置調整所顯示資料檔或文件 的放大倍數’並因而放大或縮小該文件。例如,在一文書 處理文件中’使用者可沿著某一方向轉動滾輪,而自只顯 示該文件某頁的一部分而由近到遠地縮小,以便在顯示裝 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) - I 1—-I I II I『 -I 1 -----1-------、ςτ -* (請先閣讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 3〇S68〇 A7 B7 五、發明説明 置上通時顯示該該文件的完整數頁。 在第二種空間導覽模式中,使用者可轉動滾輪或移動滑 鼠’以便在螢幕上使文件之畫面沿著所選擇的方向移動。 此種畫面移動模式(panning mode)特別適用於較大的二維 文件’此種二維文件的長及寬都遠大於顯示裝置之尺寸。 在第三種空間導覽模式中,使用者可首先轉動滾輪或移動 滑鼠’使文件沿著某一方向自動且連續地捲頁,且捲頁之 速率係依據起始的滾輪轉動或滑鼠移動,而無須額外的使 用者輸入》因此,此種自動捲頁模式可使使用者空出雙手 ,而執行其他的工作。 在第四種空間導覽模式中,使用者可連續轉動滚輪而導 覽文件,以便向上捲頁或向下捲頁通過較長的文件。在第 五種空間導覽模式中,使用者可轉動滾輪或移動滑鼠,使 用文件顯示的視窗中所提供的捲頁條,而捲頁通過此文件 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裳 1^1- 1.^ n u n D 1.· In-: I - ^^^1 n^— I* 一 -- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在資料導覽的技術下,不論是以階層或遲輯的結構將資 料分類,使用者都可轉動滾輪,以便閲覽與資料檔相關的 不同層級的内容或細節。例如,在一試算表文件中,使用 者可轉動滾輪,以便產生給電腦的信號,電腦隨即在完全 轉動滾輪時將顯示自每日總計改變成每週、每月、及年度 總計a因此,只要轉動滾輪,使用者即可隱藏或抑制顯示 試算表等特定文件之詳細資料3最好是利用按下鍵盤上的 —特殊功能鍵,或啓動與滾輪相關聯的一開關’而在空間 導覽及資料導覽技術之間作一選擇,以及在空間導覽的各 -8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Λ4规格(210X297公釐) A7 _ _B7 五、發明説明(6 ) 種不同筷式之間作一選擇(將如下文所述)。 總體而言,本發明在顯示裝置上顯示文件的一高階表示 法,可能同時顯示整個文件,以便找到該文件中所需之一 位置,而無須在一鍵盤上重複按壓下向下換頁/向上換頁 鍵、或游標移動键,亦無須使用MICROSOFT® WINDOWS®應 用程式中之捲頁條,因而本發明提供了迅速導覽一文件之 能力。本發明亦提供了自詳細閲覽一文件之資料或内容移 到概要閲覽資料之能力,不論是否可將資料分類成高階之 範疇。本發明尤其適用於各種應用軟體,包括 MICROSOFT® WORD®等文書處理應用軟體MICROSOFT® EXCEL®等試算表應用軟體、MICROSOFT® ACCESS®等 資料庫應用軟體' MICROSOFT® EXPLORER®等檔案管理 軟體、MICROSOFT® SCHEDULE PLUS®等時間管理應用 軟體' MICROSOFT® PROJECT®等專案計畫應用軟體、 MICROSOFT® POWER POINT®等簡報設計及計畫軟體、 以及 MICROSOFT® INTERNET EXPLORER®等網際網路或 其他分散式網路的導覽應用软體。 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 --------1 装-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 以廣義而言,本發明之一實施例提供了一種資訊顯示及 使用者命令輸入系統,該系統包含一電腦、及一具有若干 群可顯示資料之相關資料集合,其中每一群皆有一可顯示 資料量。該電腦設有一記憶體及一視覺顯示裝置,該電腦 將每一群資料的資料集合選擇性地顯示在該視覺顯示裝置 上。 一使用者命令輸入裝置係耦合到該電腦,且該使用者命 -9 - 本纸張尺度適用中國國( CNS ) A4規格(210X2^公慶_) A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局S工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明( 令輸入裝置具有一外殼、及該外殼所支承的第一及第二換 能器。該輸入裝置接收用來指示在兩個正交方向上移動的 使用者命令,並回應該等使用者命令而將各別的第一及第 二is號輸出到該電腦。該使用者命令輸入裝置亦具有一由 該外殼支承的使用者可啓動之構件,只能在所選擇的複數 個位置上啓動該構件,而使一第三信號輸出到該兩電腦, 以便指示使用者將該可啓動構件啓動到一個或多個的非連 續位置。每一群的資料集合對應於所選擇的可啓動構件之 非連續啓動量。該電腦係回應於該第三信號,而決定使用 者听選擇的可啓動構件之非連續啓動量,並自對應於使用 者所選擇的非連續啓動量之資料集合選出一群可顯示資料 ,且在該視覺顯示裝置上顯示所選擇的該群可顯示資料。 本發明亦實施一種利用三維電腦輸入裝置顯示資訊之方 法,琢輸入裝置係耦合到一電腦。該電腦輸入裝置具有: —開關、一可轉球體、一個可沿著相反方向移動的使用者 可啓動構件、及至少一個第一換能器。該電腦具有一可顯 π檔案之視覺顯示裝置,其中該檔案具有若干層級的可 顯示資料。 β乃法包含下列各步驟:⑴只將該可啓動構件移動到複 數個非連續位置中之—個非連續位置;(li)自該第一換能 器產生第一電腦信號,用以指示使用者所選擇的該可啓 動構件之非連續移動量;(出)將該第—電腦信號輸出到該 電恥」(IV)根據該第一信號,爲該樓案選擇—預定層級的 11 ’::員下f料,以及0)在該視覺顯示裝置上顯示該預定層級 ---------' 装------訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -10The device disclosed by Chang and Venolia et al. States that only three-dimensional position signals are provided to a computer. As mentioned above, the standard mouse and trackball only provide two-dimensional position signals to a computer. However, there is currently a need for a more reliable input system for providing various input signals to a computer, not only controlling the three-dimensional position of an object, but also controlling other options or attributes of the object. Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). However, several of these existing pointing devices that can provide multiple input signals to a computer have some disadvantages: The pointing device is less comfortable or difficult to use, especially after a long period of use. This phenomenon can be proved from several aspects. For example, after operating the pointing device for a long time, the user's fingers or palms may feel tired. Therefore, there is a need for a pointing device that can provide multiple input signals to a computer, and the pointing device is more comfortable to use and easy to use. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION A US patent application 08 / 467,549 invented by the co-inventor of Ben Mo, "Two-dimensional cursor pointing device" was filed on June 6, 1995, and the patent application was on January 6, 1994. Another patent application filed today-5-This paper scale is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 male seam) A7 B7 Central Government Bureau of Economic Affairs Employee's consumer cooperation du printing five, invention description (3 08 / 178,524 (now has become US Patent 5,473,344) 's continuation application' The continuation application is transferred to the assignee of this application. The application describes a computer input device, the computer input device is provided with a first A rotatable sphere combined with a second transducer is used to generate first and second signals to indicate the rotation of the sphere like a standard mouse and trackball. The input device also includes a Or a side-extending roller, the roller is coupled to a third transducer 'to generate a third signal indicating the rotation of the roller. Not only can the third signal be used to provide a third position signal' and The third signal is used to control one of the non-positional features displayed on a computer visual display. The displayed item or "video object" (" video object ") can be represented on the visual display—cursor, Graphics, or other images or graphics data. The first and second signals can be used as standard position signals to position a cursor on the selected image object, and the scroll wheel can be rotated to provide the third The signal is used to adjust a characteristic " appearance " of the image object, such as the size, color, type, font, border, configuration, brightness, etc. of the object. The input device of this application is also oriented-kind of in Counting overlapping windows or, select one of the stacking systems in the stack (ply). The typical method of selecting a stacking among several stacking stacks requires the user to position the cursor on the desired spoon stack, Click and release the mouse to select the device for stacking this application, and the guidance-germline & "this kind" system can use the rotation of the scroll wheel to generate the third signal for scrolling and selection One of several overlapping stacks (that is, windows): it allows at least one stack to completely obscure at least some other stacks. Therefore, each of the several worrying layers corresponds to The pre--6 of the rotatable scroll wheel is I In In I--I-1— II «II---.- * ^ 他 " 0 I.- --- n * (please read first Note on the back and then fill out this page) Employee consumption cooperation of the Central Standard Falcon Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du Printed A7 B7 V. Invention description (4) Fixed rotation amount. A computer responds to the third signal and decides a user choice The amount of rotation of the scroll wheel in order to use the predetermined amount of rotation corresponding to the amount of rotation selected by the user to scroll and select a visually occluded stack, and thus display the selected stack. As mentioned above, the pointing device usually provides a two-dimensional position signal to an electronic device. Some pointing devices can input three or more signals to a computer, and allow a cursor to be positioned in a three-dimensional space on a two-dimensional visual display in an imaginary manner. The above application also states that the third signal can control the non-positional aspect of a selected object displayed on the visual display or "appearance I," or that the third signal can select one of several overlapping layers. Floor. Because of improvements to the devices and systems described in the previous co-inventor's application, it is preferable to couple a user input device such as a mouse to a computer with a visual display device. The computer can display data files such as word processing documents or spreadsheet files, where the data files have adjustable display characteristics, such as tile size (zoom), or data structure (content). When the user turns the wheel, the mouse generates a wheel signal, and the computer interprets the wheel signal. It is best to use these wheel signals and at least two innovative technologies in the navigation document and the specific application of cooperation. The two document navigation technologies are: " Space Navigation I ’(" spatial navigation”) and " Information etc. " (data navigation). There are at least five space navigation modes. In the first mode, the user preferably rotates the scroll wheel to cause the computer and the display device to adjust the magnification of the displayed data file or document and thereby enlarge or reduce the document. For example, in a word processing document, the user can rotate the scroll wheel in a certain direction, and only display a part of the page of the document and shrink from near to far, so that the display paper size is applicable to the Chinese national standard ( CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm)-I 1—-II II I 『-I 1 ----- 1 -------, ςτ-* (please read the notes on the back before filling in (This page) 3〇S68〇A7 B7 V. The description of the invention displays the complete number of pages of this document when it is put on the Internet. In the second space navigation mode, the user can turn the scroll wheel or move the mouse to move the screen of the document in the selected direction on the screen. This panning mode is particularly suitable for larger two-dimensional files. The length and width of such two-dimensional files are much larger than the size of the display device. In the third space navigation mode, the user can first turn the scroll wheel or move the mouse to make the document automatically and continuously scroll in a certain direction, and the rate of scrolling is based on the initial scroll wheel or mouse Move without additional user input. Therefore, this automatic page curl mode allows the user to free his hands and perform other tasks. In the fourth spatial navigation mode, the user can continuously rotate the scroll wheel to navigate the document, so as to scroll up or down through the longer document. In the fifth space navigation mode, the user can turn the scroll wheel or move the mouse to use the scroll bar provided in the window of the document display, and the scroll page is printed through this document. ^ 1- 1. ^ nun D 1. · In-: I-^^^ 1 n ^ — I * 一-(please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Under the technology of data navigation, regardless of The data is classified in a hierarchical or late compilation structure. Users can turn the scroll wheel to view the content or details of different levels related to the data file. For example, in a spreadsheet file, the user can turn the wheel to generate a signal to the computer. The computer then changes the display from daily totals to weekly, monthly, and annual totals a when the wheel is fully rotated. Therefore, as long as By rotating the wheel, users can hide or suppress the display of detailed information such as spreadsheets. 3 It is best to use the special function keys on the keyboard or activate a switch associated with the wheel to navigate in the space and Make a choice between data navigation technology and each of the space navigation -8-This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X297mm) A7 _ _B7 5. Description of invention (6) different chopsticks Make a choice between formulas (as described below). In general, the present invention displays a high-level representation of a document on a display device, which may display the entire document at the same time in order to find a desired position in the document without having to repeatedly press down on the keyboard / page up Keys, or cursor movement keys, and there is no need to use the scroll bar in the MICROSOFT® WINDOWS® application, so the present invention provides the ability to quickly navigate a document. The present invention also provides the ability to move from detailed reading of a document's data or content to summary viewing data, regardless of whether the data can be classified into a high-level category. The invention is particularly suitable for various application software, including MICROSOFT® WORD® and other word processing application software MICROSOFT® EXCEL® and other spreadsheet application software, MICROSOFT® ACCESS® and other database application software 'MICROSOFT® EXPLORER® and other file management software, MICROSOFT® Time management application software such as SCHEDULE PLUS® 'project planning application software such as MICROSOFT® PROJECT®, presentation design and planning software such as MICROSOFT® POWER POINT®, and Internet or other distributed networks such as MICROSOFT® INTERNET EXPLORER® Navigation application software. Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standard Falcon Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -------- 1 Pack-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) In a broad sense, one embodiment of the present invention provides a Information display and user command input system. The system includes a computer and a related data set with several groups of displayable data, each of which has a displayable amount of data. The computer is provided with a memory and a visual display device. The computer selectively displays the data set of each group of data on the visual display device. A user command input device is coupled to the computer, and the user's order is -9-This paper standard is applicable to China (CNS) A4 specifications (210X2 ^ Gongqing_) A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau S Industrial Consumer Cooperative Printed 5. Description of the invention (Let the input device have a housing, and the first and second transducers supported by the housing. The input device receives user commands to indicate movement in two orthogonal directions, and In response to these user commands, the respective first and second is numbers are output to the computer. The user command input device also has a user-activated component supported by the housing, which can only be selected Activate the component at multiple locations, and output a third signal to the two computers to instruct the user to activate the activating component to one or more non-contiguous locations. The data set of each group corresponds to the selected Non-continuous starting amount of the startable member. The computer determines the non-continuous starting amount of the selected startable member in response to the third signal, and corresponds to the non-continuous starting amount selected by the user. A group of displayable data is selected from the data set of the continuous activation amount, and the selected group of displayable data is displayed on the visual display device. The present invention also implements a method for displaying information using a three-dimensional computer input device. A computer. The computer input device has:-a switch, a rotatable sphere, a user-actuable member that can move in the opposite direction, and at least one first transducer. The computer has a visual display of π files A display device, in which the file has several levels of displayable data. The β method includes the following steps: (1) Only move the startable member to one of a plurality of non-continuous positions; (li) from the first A transducer generates a first computer signal to indicate the discontinuous movement of the startable member selected by the user; (out) output the first computer signal to the electric shame ”(IV) according to the first The signal is selected for the building plan-11 '::: for the predetermined level of the predetermined level, and 0) the predetermined level is displayed on the visual display device ---------' installed ------ Order (please Read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) -10

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印裝 、發明説明( 的可顯示資料。 本發明亦提供-種具有人體工學設計之指向裝置。滾輪 或轉輪延伸—個所選擇量到該指向裝置的上表面之上,且 :定位在該指向裝置的—前面區域中,因而使用者可利用 食指轉動並按I該滾輪,並同時將食指保持在—生物機械 上的中性位置。 在一較佳實施例中,係根據授與Kanek〇等人的美國專利 5,414,445之揭露事項配置該指向裝置之主體,上述專利亦 讓渡給本發明之受讓人。該主體之上表面自該指向裝置之 前端向上傾斜到一高點,並自該高點向下傾斜到—低後端 ,該上表面及低後端之曲率可讓使用者將其手掌下方放在 —工作表面上,且同時係由該指向裝置支承使用者之手面 除了滾輪的配置及高度之外,一實施例的各面向包括滚 輪的寬度、輪廓、及材質,這些因素加在一起讓使用^得 以舒適且正確地啓動該滾輪,並同時將手指及手掌保持在 一生物機械上的中性位置。 可配置該滾輪及相關之結構,以便提供反饋給使用者, 因而可讓使用者以直覺的方式控制該指向裝置。該滾輪可 移動到若干非連續位置,其中將該滾輪移到每—位置時, 將使一信號傳送到該電腦。若控制按壓並轉動該滾輪所需 之力及轉矩量,且根據本發明而配置與移動該滾輪到非連 續位置相閣之構造時,則可減少對該指向裝置的無意間啓 動,而且使用者可將該滾輪的一特定移動與一特定結果相 -11 - 本紙法尺度適用中國國家標举(CNS ) A4規格(2ΐ0χ297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) III 〖裝 訂--- 3〇8β8〇 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明( 關聯,因而使用者可以直覺的方式啓動該滾輪 總體而言,本發明提供了一種系統及方法, 万法可在使用者於文件等各種資料檔或資科集 移到細節時,以直覺的方式將視覺反饋提供給 當使用者轉動滑鼠上的滾輪(或移動滑鼠)時, 覽顯示裝置上所顯示的該文件,或導覽該文件 因而將針對該滾輪的一選擇轉動量在該顯示裝 文件之一選擇部分。該滾輪將一特定的直覺方 用者’以便導覽進出一文件的某一區域(或,,空 料。若研讀下文本較佳實施例之詳細説明並配 圖’將可易於了解本發明的其他特徵及優點。 附圖簡述 圖1A疋一具有本發明所提供滑鼠型指向裝置 之部分等角前視圖及部分方塊圖。 圖1 B是圖1所示滑鼠之侧視圖。 圖1 c是圖1 A所示滑鼠之示意側視圖。 圖1D是一置於圖ία所示滑鼠上的使用者手 此種系統及 合中自概要 該使用者。 使用者將導 中之資料, 置上顯示該 式提供給使 間”)、及資 合下列各附 的電腦系統 掌之侧視圖 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 圖2 A是圖1 a所示滑鼠的各内部組件之示意圖。 圖2 B是圖2 A所示滚輪總成之放大組件分解圖。 圖2 C是圖2 B所示滚輪總成的一編碼器及觸覺反饋總成 之組件分解圖。 圖2 D是圖1 a所示滑鼠的一滑鼠之侧視圖。 圖3 A是形成圖1 a滑鼠主體一部分的若干按鈕及一上外 12- 本紙張尺度適用中国國家揉準(CNS ) μ規格(210X 297公釐) A7 B7 五、發明説明(Ί〇 ) 殼之組件分解等角底視圖。 圖3B是圖ία所示滑鼠之+奋^ 月成义不意刖視圈,圖中示出在並 採用本發明各項特徵的— , 吕鼠中按壓圖3A所示一個按紐 時如何產生轉矩力。 圖3C是圖ία所不滑鼠之不意前視圖,肖中示出在本發 明的滑鼠中按|@3Α所示—個按鈕時如何儘量減少轉姐 力。 圖4Α、.4Β、及4C是圖1Α所示電腦系統的一視覺顯示裝 置之前視圖,圖中示出在試算表應用中一試算表文件之空 間導覽(縮放)。 圖5是圖4C所示顯示裝置及試算表文件之前視圖,圖中 示出與縮小尺寸的文件相關聯的若干標記。 圖ό Α及6Β是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出本發明之電 腦系統利用空間導覽(縮放)在圖4 A_ 4 c所示試算表文件内 迅速移動。 圖7A、7B、7C、7D及7E是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中 示出在另一試算表文件中利用本發明執行資料導覽。 圖8A'8B、及8C是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出在文 書處理應用的一文書處理文件中本發明之空間導覽(縮放) 〇 圖9A及9B是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出在另一文書 處理文件中本發明的空間導覽(縮放)之一替代實施例。 圖10A及10B是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出在圖9A-9B 所示的文書處理文件中本發明之資料導覽。 -13 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CMS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) n n - -- II -- —I I--—— I、1τ 1- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央樣準局負工消費合作社印製 經濟部中央標隼局負工消費合作杜印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(11 ) 圖π A是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出在一文書處理文 件中本發明之空間導覽(畫面移動)。 圖1 iB是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出在一試算文件中 顯示裝置之空間導覽(畫面移動 圖12 A是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出在圖η A所示的 文書處理文件中本發明之空間導覽(自動捲頁)。 圖12B是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出在圖ι1Α所示的 文書處理文件中本發明之空間導覽(以捲頁條捲頁)。 圖1 3是圖丨a所示電腦系統爲了執行本發明的空間導覽 及資料導覽之一較佳方法而執行之基本步驟流程圖β 圖14 A、14Β、及14C是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出一 視覺使用者介面,用以輸入命令,而調整圖1 3所示方法之 各參數。 圖15是可變捲頁速率之示意圖,圖中示出可變捲頁速率 是本發明的空間導覽之距離函數。 圖16是顯示裝置之前視圖,圖中示出在圖4 A_4C所示的 試算表文件中本發明的空間導覽(縮放)之一替代實施例。 主U_U:實施例之詳細説明 本發明説明了 一種在一電腦系統中調整一文件或資料樓 的顯示特性之系統及方法。在下列的説明中,述及許多特 定細節,以便本發明可以徹底被了解,例如述及了電腦輪 入裝置的機械構造及組件、電腦系統爲了調整—文件的顯 示特性而執行的某些步驟等細節。然而’熟悉本門技術者 當可了解,在不利用這些特定細節的全部或部分時,仍可 -14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2]〇Χ29·7公釐) —-— — II - I -( n I -- n HI n (請t閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) s〇868〇 A7 B7 五、發明説明(12 ) 實施本發明。在其他的情形中,並未詳細示出或討論一些 習知的構造及方法,使本發明的説明不會有不必要的模糊 0 清參閲圖1 ’本發明之電腦系統(1 0 〇)包含一電腦輸入裝 置’圖中所示者爲滑鼠(101)。滑鼠(101)通常包含一上外 殼(102)及一下外殼(103)。在上外殼(i02)上分別設有第一 及第一輸入按紐(104)及(105)。一滾輪或轉輪(1〇6)係自滑 鼠(101)的上外殼(102)之上表面突出於第一及第二輸入按 鍵或按鈕(104)及(105)之間。當使用者的手掌置於上外殼 (102)的上表面上時,該使用者以其他手指替代拇指而可轉 動滾輪(106)。若使用者以食指轉動滾輪(1〇6)時,滾輪 (1 0 6)可以提供比使用者以拇指轉動滾輸時更正確的使用者 輸入’這是因爲食指通常比拇指更靈巧。此外,慣用左手 或右手的使用者都可輕易使用滾輪。 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 -- n - I— In - tn^ - m - - -- !、tT J i (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如圖1 A所示,使用者可沿著代號(1〇7)指示的任一方向 轉動滾輪(106) ’並可以代號(1〇8)所示之方式按壓滚輪 (106)。當滾輪(1〇6)被轉動及按墨時,即產生信號,並將 ί§號傳送到電腦(109),而在一文件中發生所選擇的改變, 這將於下文中説明之。 一條自滑鼠(101)的前端(28)延伸之連接線(1 10)秧該滑鼠 轉合到電腦(109)。電腦(109)包含一視覺顯示裝置(112), 例如陰極射線管(Cathode Ray Tube ;簡稱CRT)、主動式矩 陣顯示器、或其他適用的顯示裝置。如下文所述,視覺顯 示裝置(112)可顯示一指標(1】、及用來顯示文件的若干 -15 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梯準(CNS ) M規格(2 i 〇 χ 297公着) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(13 ) 視窗。電腦(109)包含儲存裝置或記憶體(丨14)、及一處理 器(1 1 5)。一键盤(1 16)係耦合到電腦(1〇9)。 上外殼(102)及下外殼(103)形成滑鼠(1()1)之主體(117), 且係根據授與Kaneko等人的美國專利5,414,445之揭露事項 配置該滑鼠主體(Π 7),本發明特此引用該專利以供參照。 因此,當使用者將掌骨-指骨關節放置在主體(117)的一高 點(30)時,滑鼠(ιοί)可支承該使用者的手掌面,而且可讓 使用者在握住並使用滑鼠(101)時,同時將手腕保持在一生 物機械上的中性位置。滚輪(丨〇 6 )被配置及定位,因而當使 用者正好將其掌骨-指骨關節置於主體17)的高點時 ,該使用者可利用諸如食指等手指轉動並啓動滾輪(i06), 並同時將手指保持在一生物機械上的中性位置。尤其在本 文中,生物機械上的中性位置(bi〇mechanicaUy nuetral position)係指一個可使用滚輪(1〇6)但不會超過手指彎曲程 度或移動範圍的位置。雖然可使用不同的手指,但是食指 通本可以精密地對馬達作最大的控制,因而使用者的食指 (26)可以最有效地使滾輪(1〇6)到達定位並啓動之(請參閲 圖4)。 只要提供一滾輪(1〇6),而該滾輪(1〇6)延伸到滑鼠(1()1) 上外忒(102)的上表面(1 18)之上,且最好是如圖16的代號 (1 8)所τπ延伸不超過〇 j英寸,即可在本發明的一較佳實施 例中獲致上述這些效益。如圖丨c所示,上表面(丨丨係自 伯向裝置的前端(28)向上傾斜到高點(3〇),再向下傾斜到 後鈿(32),因而滾輪(1〇6)係定位在—自高點向前延件 ________ -16 - 本紙適用中國規格(训㈣公^ I n I I I I I I J'-*^—— I I 丁 -~3.-0 I · (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 s〇868〇 五、發明説明() 41-66毫米的區域(34)。滚輪(106)且又係定位在主體(l 17) 的一前中央區域(20)中’因而使用者的一手指可自一置於 按紐(102)或(103)之位置移到一置於滾輪(1〇6)上之位置, 且移動時不會超過22°之範固。 我們相信’本文所述之本發明較佳實施例提供了 一種以 人體工學設計之指向裝置,此種指向裝置將適用於最低的 5 %女性到最高的9 5 %男性的符合人體工學界定範圍内之北 美洲成人使用者。此範圍係基於手掌之尺寸,而將較大的 百分率指定給較大的手掌,反之亦然。此即意指:我們相 信本發明所述以人體工學設計之指向裝置所適用的一群使 用者,其範圍係自手掌較小的最低5。/〇女性到手掌較大的 最高95%男性。我們當了解,不在此設計範圍内的使用者 仍然可受益於本較佳實施例之優點,並可根據本發明爲其 他的目標使用者群(例如手掌尺寸在最高95%以上的男性) 開發出替代的較佳實施例。 因此,只要根據本發明之一較佳實施例提供一指向裝置 ,則手掌尺寸在最低5%女性到最高95%男性的北美洲成人 使用者將可握住滑糾(Π),並在手指中性移動的可接受範 圍内啓動滾輪(106)。如圖1D所示,當食指(26)之第—指骨 (25)對準掌骨(21)時,若以基準線(27)爲^量測,則寶曲 部分指示第一指骨(25)係朝向滑鼠主體(u7)之上表面("8) 移動’ Μ長部分指示第—指骨(25)係相對於基準 =動離開滑鼠主體⑴7)之上表面(118)。因此,在本發 實施例中,當使用者之掌骨-指骨關節(38)係置於滑The printed materials and invention description of the consumer cooperation cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs can be displayed. The invention also provides a pointing device with an ergonomic design. The roller or runner extends-a selected amount onto the pointing device Above the surface, and: positioned in the front area of the pointing device, so that the user can use the index finger to rotate and press the scroll wheel, and at the same time keep the index finger in a neutral position on the biomechanics. For example, the main body of the pointing device is configured according to the disclosure of US Patent 5,414,445 granted to Kanek〇 et al. The above patent is also transferred to the assignee of the present invention. The upper surface of the main body is upward from the front end of the pointing device Tilt to a high point, and tilt down from the high point to the lower end, the curvature of the upper surface and the lower end allows the user to place his palm under the working surface, and at the same time by the direction In addition to the configuration and height of the roller, the device supports the user's hand. Each aspect of an embodiment includes the width, contour, and material of the roller. These factors add up to make ^ The roller can be activated comfortably and correctly, and at the same time keep the fingers and palm in a neutral position on the biomachine. The roller and related structures can be configured to provide feedback to the user, so that the user can be intuitive To control the pointing device. The scroll wheel can be moved to a number of discontinuous positions. When the scroll wheel is moved to each position, a signal will be transmitted to the computer. If you control the pressure and rotation of the scroll wheel, the force and rotation required Moment, and when the structure according to the present invention is configured to move the scroll wheel to a non-continuous position, the unintentional activation of the pointing device can be reduced, and the user can move a specific movement and a specific result of the scroll wheel Phase-11-The standard of this paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (2l0 × 297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) III 〖Binding --- 3〇8β8〇Α7 Β7 V. Invention Description (associated, so that the user can start the scroll wheel in an intuitive way. Overall, the present invention provides a system and method, which can be used by users in documents, etc. When the data file or resource set is moved to details, visual feedback is intuitively provided to the document displayed on the display device when the user turns the scroll wheel on the mouse (or moves the mouse), or the navigation The file will therefore be in a selected portion of the displayed file for a selected amount of rotation of the scroll wheel. The scroll wheel will use a specific intuitive user to navigate a certain area (or, empty material) of a document. If you study the detailed description of the preferred embodiment of the text and attach drawings, you will be able to easily understand other features and advantages of the present invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 1A is a partial isometric front of a mouse-type pointing device provided by the present invention. View and part of the block diagram. Figure 1 B is a side view of the mouse shown in Figure 1. Figure 1 c is a schematic side view of the mouse shown in Figure 1 A. Figure 1D is a mouse placed on the mouse shown in Figure ία The user's hand summarizes the user from this system and from the center. The user will put the information in the guide and display it on the display to the embassy "), and the side view of the computer system attached to the following (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Central Standards. Figure 2 A is a schematic diagram of the internal components of the mouse shown in Figure 1 a. Figure 2 B is an exploded view of the enlarged components of the roller assembly shown in Figure 2 A. Figure 2 C is a diagram 2 An exploded view of an encoder and haptic feedback assembly of the roller assembly shown in B. Figure 2 D is a side view of a mouse shown in FIG. 1 a. FIG. 3 A is a mouse formed in FIG. 1 a A number of buttons on the part of the main body and one upper and outer 12- This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) μ specification (210X 297mm) A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (Ί〇) Exploded isometric bottom view of the components of the shell. 3B is a picture of the mouse shown in ία + Fen ^ Yue Chengyi is not interested in the view circle, the figure shows the use of and adopts the features of the present invention,-how to generate a turn when pressing a button shown in FIG. 3A Moment. Figure 3C is a schematic front view of the mouse shown in FIG. How to minimize the transfer power when pressing a button shown in | @ 3Α in the mouse. Figures 4Α, .4Β, and 4C are front views of a visual display device of the computer system shown in Fig. 1Α, which is shown in the trial balance application Space navigation (zooming) of the trial spreadsheet file in Figure 1. Figure 5 is a front view of the display device and the spreadsheet file shown in Figure 4C, which shows several marks associated with the reduced-size file. Figures Α and 6B are Front view of the display device, which shows that the computer system of the present invention uses space navigation (zooming) to quickly move within the spreadsheet file shown in Figure 4 A_4 c. Figures 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D, and 7E are before the display device View, the figure shows the use of the present invention to perform data navigation in another spreadsheet file. Figures 8A'8B, and 8C are front views of the display device, which shows the present invention in a word processing file of a word processing application Space navigation (zoom) ○ Figures 9A and 9B are front views of the display device, which shows an alternative embodiment of the space navigation (zoom) of the present invention in another word processing file. Figures 10A and 10B are displays Front view of the device, Is shown in the document processing documents shown in Figures 9A-9B of the present invention. -13 The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CMS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) nn--II-- I I --—— I, 1τ 1- (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, Negative Work Consumer Cooperative Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Standard Falcon Bureau, negative work consumer cooperation Β7 Fifth, the description of the invention (11) Figure π A is the front view of the display device, which shows the spatial navigation (screen movement) of the invention in a word processing file. Figure 1 iB is the front view of the display device, shown in the figure A space guide of the display device is displayed in a trial calculation file (screen movement. FIG. 12 A is a front view of the display device. The figure shows the space guide (automatic scrolling) of the present invention in the word processing file shown in FIG. Η A . FIG. 12B is a front view of the display device, which shows the spatial navigation of the present invention in the document processing file shown in FIG. 13 is a flowchart of basic steps executed by the computer system shown in FIG. 丨 a to perform one of the preferred methods of spatial navigation and data navigation of the present invention. FIG. 14 A, 14B, and 14C are front views of the display device, The figure shows a visual user interface for inputting commands and adjusting the parameters of the method shown in FIG. Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of a variable page rate, which shows that the variable page rate is a function of the distance of the spatial navigation of the present invention. Fig. 16 is a front view of the display device, showing an alternative embodiment of the spatial navigation (zoom) of the present invention in the spreadsheet file shown in Fig. 4 A_4C. Main U_U: Detailed description of the embodiments The present invention describes a system and method for adjusting the display characteristics of a document or data building in a computer system. In the following description, many specific details are mentioned so that the present invention can be fully understood, for example, the mechanical structure and components of the computer wheel-in device, certain steps performed by the computer system to adjust the display characteristics of the file, etc. detail. However, those who are familiar with this technology can understand that, without using all or part of these specific details, this paper size can still be applied -14- This paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2) 〇Χ29 · 7mm) —-— — II-I-(n I-n HI n (Please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page) s〇868〇A7 B7 Fifth, the invention description (12) Implement the invention. In other cases In addition, some conventional structures and methods have not been shown or discussed in detail, so that the description of the present invention will not be unnecessarily obscure. See Figure 1 'The computer system of the present invention (1 0 〇) includes a computer input. The device shown in the figure is a mouse (101). The mouse (101) usually includes an upper casing (102) and a lower casing (103). The upper casing (i02) is provided with first and first inputs, respectively Buttons (104) and (105). A scroll wheel or runner (106) is projected from the upper surface of the upper casing (102) of the mouse (101) to the first and second input buttons or buttons (104) And (105). When the palm of the user is placed on the upper surface of the upper casing (102), the user replaces the thumb with other fingers Rotate the scroll wheel (106). If the user rotates the scroll wheel (106) with the index finger, the scroll wheel (106) can provide a more correct user input than when the user rotates the thumb to roll. This is because the index finger is usually better than The thumb is more dexterous. In addition, the left-handed or right-handed users can easily use the scroll wheel. Printed by the Consumer Labor Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-n-I-In-tn ^-m---!, TT J i (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) As shown in Figure 1 A, the user can turn the scroll wheel (106) in either direction indicated by the code (1〇7) and use the code (1〇8 ) Press the roller (106) in the manner shown. When the roller (106) is turned and pressed, the signal is generated and the number is transmitted to the computer (109), and the selected item occurs in a file Change, this will be explained below. A connection line (110) extending from the front end (28) of the mouse (101) turns the mouse into the computer (109). The computer (109) contains a visual display A device (112), such as a cathode ray tube (Cathode Ray Tube; CRT for short), an active matrix display, or He is suitable for the display device. As described below, the visual display device (112) can display an indicator (1), and a number of -15 used to display documents-This paper standard applies to China National Standards (CNS) M specifications (2 i 〇χ 297 published) A7 B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Invention description (13) Windows. The computer (109) contains storage devices or memory (丨 14), and a processor (1 1 5). A keyboard (116) is coupled to the computer (109). The upper casing (102) and the lower casing (103) form the body (117) of the mouse (1 () 1), and the mouse body (Π 7) is configured according to the disclosure of US Patent 5,414,445 granted to Kaneko et al. The present invention hereby cites this patent for reference. Therefore, when the user places the metacarpal-phalangeal joint at a high point (30) of the body (117), the mouse (ιοί) can support the palm surface of the user, and the user can hold and use the slide At the time of rat (101), at the same time keep the wrist in a neutral position on the biomechanics. The scroll wheel (丨 〇6) is configured and positioned so that when the user just places his metacarpal-phalangeal joint at the high point of the main body 17), the user can turn and activate the scroll wheel (i06) with fingers such as the index finger, and At the same time keep the finger in a neutral position on a biomechanical machine. Especially in this article, the biomechanical neutral position (bi〇mechanicaUy nuetral position) refers to a position where a scroll wheel (106) can be used but does not exceed the bending degree or moving range of the finger. Although different fingers can be used, the index finger can precisely control the motor to the maximum, so the user's index finger (26) can most effectively position and activate the roller (106) (see figure 4). As long as a roller (1〇6) is provided, and the roller (1〇6) extends above the upper surface (1 18) of the mouse (1 () 1) on the outer surface (102), and preferably as shown in the figure The τπ extension of the code (16) of 16 does not exceed 〇j inches, and these benefits can be achieved in a preferred embodiment of the present invention. As shown in Figure 丨 c, the upper surface (丨 丨 is inclined from the front end (28) of the primary device upwards to the high point (30), and then downwards to the rear son (32), so the roller (10) The system is positioned at the extension from the high point to ________ -16-This paper is suitable for Chinese specifications (註 ㈣ 公 ^ I n IIIIII J '-* ^ —— II 丁-~ 3.-0 I · (Please read the back first (Notes to fill out this page) The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau employee consumer cooperative printed s〇868〇 V. Invention description () 41-66 mm area (34). The roller (106) is also located in the main body (l 17) in a front central area (20) 'so that a finger of the user can be moved from a position placed on the button (102) or (103) to a position placed on the scroll wheel (106), and It will not exceed 22 ° when moving. We believe that the 'preferred embodiments of the invention described herein provide an ergonomically designed pointing device that will be suitable for the lowest 5% female to the highest 95% of men ’s ergonomically defined adult users in North America. This range is based on the size of the palm and will be larger The percentage of is assigned to the larger palm, and vice versa. This means: we believe that the group of users of the ergonomically-designed pointing device described in the present invention is suitable for the smallest range of 5 from the smaller palm. / 〇 Females up to 95% males with larger palms. We should understand that users who are not within the scope of this design can still benefit from the advantages of this preferred embodiment and can be used by other target user groups according to the invention ( For example, males with a palm size of up to 95% or more) have developed alternative preferred embodiments. Therefore, as long as a pointing device is provided according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the palm size ranges from a minimum of 5% female to a maximum of 95% male Of North American adult users will be able to hold the slip correction (Π) and activate the scroll wheel (106) within an acceptable range of neutral finger movement. As shown in Figure 1D, when the index finger (26) is the first phalanx (25) ) When aligning with the metacarpal bone (21), if the reference line (27) is used as the measurement, then the baoqu part indicates that the first phalanx (25) is moving towards the upper surface of the mouse body (u7) (" 8) ' The long part indicates that the phalanx (25) is relative to the reference = Move away from the mouse body (1) 7) The upper surface (118). Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the user's metacarpal-phalangeal joint (38) is placed on the slide

經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(15)Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, Consumer Cooperatives A7 B7 V. Description of invention (15)

鼠(101)之高點(30)上時,則如代號(1〇)所示,使用者可以 食指在完整的移動範固内轉動滾輪(1〇6),並同時將食指保 持在以0 ° -2 5 ° f曲程度移動的生物機械上之中性範圍。 因此’ T儘量減少手指、手腕、及上臂的肌肉運用,因而 增加了使用滑鼠(10 1)的容易度及舒適感D 由於根據本發明之一較佳實施例儘量減小手指彎曲並避 免手指伸直’所以減少了痙攣性或無法控制的肌肉收縮之 可能性,.因而降低了使用者無意間啓動指向裝置之頻度。 如上文所述,使用者可轉動並按壓滾輪(1〇6),以及按壓按 紐(1 02)或(1 03 )。例如,當使用者想要轉動滚輪,但無意 間按壓滾輪時,或作了相反的動作,或者想要轉動並按壓 滾輪,但無意間按墨了一個按鈕(1〇2)或(1〇3)時,都會發 生無意間之啓動。 在本發明的一實施例中,按壓滾輪(1〇6)所需之力量大於 轉動滾輪時所產生的向下力,因而不會在轉動及開關按壓 之間發生無意間之啓動。我們相信,當轉動滾輪(1〇6)所需 的轉矩是40-60克-厘米,且按壓滾輪(1〇6)所需之力量是 7 0 -1 3 0克時,將可獲得較佳之結果。這些較佳之力量範圍 也是在控制食指的上臂肌肉之可接受力量範圍内,因而更 形增進了在不對使用者的手指、手掌 '及上臂產生無法接 受的壓力下啓動滚輪(106)的能力。 如圖2 A所示,滑鼠(10 1)包含一球體(119 ),該球體(1 19) 位於下外殼(103)的一中間部分,並突出滑鼠下表面的一孔 (120)(以虛線示出)。X及Y軸換能器(1 2 1)及(12 Γ)分別將移 -18 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _______B7 五、發明説明(16 ) 動轉換成電氣信號,其中每一換能器包含一編碼器輪軸 (122)、及一軸向固定於每一编碼器輪軸(1 22) —末端之編 碼器輪(124)。各編碼器輪軸(122)之方位係在下外殼(103) 内相互垂直,且係鄰近球體(119)。 一輪銷(126)及一末端銷(127)(兩者都以虚線示出)係自每 一編碼器輪轴(122)軸向延仲到在一對軸支承(128)中形成 的一對銷孔,而以可旋轉之方式容納該編碼器輪軸。每一 對軸支承(128)係以可旋轉之方式扣住各編碼器輪軸(122) 。輪銷(126)係自接近編碼器輪(124)的末端軸向延伸。末 端銷(127)係自編碼器輪(124)末梢的編碼器輪軸(122)末端 軸向延伸。 一以彈簧施壓之滚輪(130)係自下外殼(103)向上突出, 並由下外殼(103)以可轉動之方式扣住該以彈簧施壓之滾輪 (130)。以彈簧施壓之滚輪(130)之位置係在·相互垂直定位 的兩編碼器輪軸(122)所形成一内角之對面,並對球體(119;) 施墨,使球體(119)接觸各编碼器輪軸並朝向該内角,同時 可讓該球體自由轉動,並使各编碼器輪軸(122)及編碼器輪 (124)轉動。 如圖2B所詳述,滾輪(106)包含一輪盤(136),該輪盤 (1 36)具有一環繞著該輪盤而延伸之彈性材質包覆層(137) 。形成一軸之一對銷(138)自輪盤(136)之對向面軸向延伸 。一個大致爲矩形橫斷面之輪轂(139)自一個銷(138)延伸 。各銷(138)係扣裝入由兩對向上延伸的指形構件(135)所 形成的兩對圓形開孔(1 4 1)中,且這兩對圓形開孔(141)係 -19 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210x 297公釐) " ^^1- n^l ^^^1 m HI In at^n k. ^^^1 m I - - ml ml 弟 i I < (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 ----- B7__ 五、發明説明(17 ) 形成於一輪架(140)中。如下文中將更詳細説明的,輪架 (140)係以可移動之方式扣佐下外殼(1〇3)。 一對垂直延伸的凸緣(143)係自一編碼器包封體(142)的 兩相對端突出,而一對垂直延伸的肋條(1 45)係自輪架(14〇) 的一端突出。在各肋條(14 5)中形成的一對垂直延伸溝槽 (147)各別容納編碼器包封體(142)的一個凸緣(143),因而 輪架(140)牢固地容納該編碼器包封體。當以上述之方式容 納編碼器包封體時,編瑪器包封體(〖42)中之倒u形槽(1 6 1) 係軸向對準輪架(140)的各圓形開孔(141),各凸緣(143)最 好是各有一錐形下端(1 43,),以便可讓編碼器包封體(丨42) 在製造時易於滑入諸溝槽(147)。 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 ^裝 > (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如圖2C所示,一外層板(144)、一偏壓接合構件(146)、 一觸覺反饋盤(148)、一編碼器環(150)(貼在觸覺反饋盤上) '殳一編碼器電極架(152)係相互夾住,並係容納在編碼器 包封體(142)中之一向下開口。這些组件合而形成一z袖換 能器總成(153),該Z軸換能器總成在電氣上及機械上係辆 合到一印刷電路板(1 82)的一部分(丨82,)(將於下文中説明之) 。可撓腹板連接器(15!)在電氣上將部分(182,)及2轴換能 器總成(153)與印刷電路板(182)連接。 觸覺反饋盤(148)設有若干徑向延伸之止回部(155)(例如 有十八個)。這些止回部(155)係以相同的距離間隔,且係 環繞分佈在觸覺反績盤(148)之周圍,以便在其間形成相同 數目的凹部(154)。一輪轂(156)係自觸覺反饋盤(148)之兩 面延忡。輪轂(156)設有:一肩部,該肩部係由朝向外層板 -20- 说尺度逋用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21QX 297公楚)~~'---- 3〇868〇 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明(Ί8 ) (144)的一面上之齒輪(157)所界定;以及一沿軸向形成且 近似矩形之容纳開口( 1 58),該容納開口( 1 58)之尺寸足以 容納並在作用上接合滾輪(106)之矩形橫斷面輪轂(139)(請 參閲圖2B)。延伸到齒輪(157)之外的一部分的輪轂(156)在 外層板(144)中所形成的一圓形開口( 16〇)中自由轉動。外 層板(144)之圓形開口(160)經由編碼器包封體(142)中形成 的U形槽(161)而露出。自觸覺反饋盤(148)的一面延伸向編 碼器環(150)的輪轂(156)穿過編碼器環(150)中之—開口 (159),而由编瑪器電極架(152)中形成的一圓形開口(163) 所容納,並在該圓形開口(163)内自由轉動。 偏壓接合構件(1 46)係固定於外層板(1 44),且具有一個 一體成形之突出部(162),該突出部(162)係延伸向觸覺反 饋盤(148)諸止回部(1 55)間之各凹部(154),且係容納於該 等凹部(154)之内。在作業中,當轉動滾輪(106)時,輪架 (140)的各圓形開孔(141)係以可轉動之方式支承各销(138) ,而矩形橫斷面之輪轂(139)接合輪轂(156),並使輪轂 (156)在外層板(144)的圓形開口(160)及編碼器電極架(1 52) 的圓形開口( 1 63)内自由轉動。在滾輪(1 〇6)轉動時,偏廢 接合構件(146 )的彈簧力、以及突出部(162)、各凹部(丨54) 、及止回部(155)之形狀迫使滚輪(106)進入若干非連續位 置(例如對應於十八個凹部(1 54)及止回部(1 5 5)的十八個非 連續位置)。 請再參閲圖2A,在每一編碼器輪(124)的一面上設有發 光二極體(Light-Emitting Diode :簡稱 LED)(166)等發光元 -21 - 本紙浪尺度通用中國國家樣率(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝·When the mouse (101) is on the high point (30), as shown by the code (10), the user can rotate the scroll wheel (10) with the index finger within the complete movement range, and at the same time keep the index finger at 0 ° -2 5 ° f degree of curvature of the biomechanically neutral range of movement. Therefore, T minimizes the use of the muscles of the fingers, wrists, and upper arms, thereby increasing the ease and comfort of using the mouse (101). D. According to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, finger bending is minimized and finger extension is avoided. Straight 'reduces the possibility of spastic or uncontrollable muscle contractions, thus reducing the frequency with which the user inadvertently activates the pointing device. As described above, the user can turn and press the scroll wheel (106), and press the button (102) or (103). For example, when the user wants to turn the wheel, but inadvertently presses the wheel, or does the opposite action, or wants to turn and press the wheel, but inadvertently presses a button (1〇2) or (1〇3 ), An unintentional start-up will occur. In an embodiment of the present invention, the force required to press the roller (106) is greater than the downward force generated when the roller is rotated, so there is no unintentional activation between rotation and switch pressing. We believe that when the torque required to turn the roller (10〇6) is 40-60 g-cm, and the force required to press the roller (1〇6) is 7 0 -1 30 g, you will get more Good result. These better strength ranges are also within the acceptable strength range of the upper arm muscles that control the index finger, thus further improving the ability to activate the roller (106) without generating unacceptable pressure on the user's fingers, palm, and upper arm. As shown in FIG. 2A, the mouse (101) includes a sphere (119). The sphere (119) is located in a middle portion of the lower casing (103) and protrudes a hole (120) on the lower surface of the mouse (103). Shown in dashed lines). X and Y axis transducers (1 2 1) and (12 Γ) will be shifted to -18 respectively-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) (please read the notes on the back first (Fill in this page again) Binding · Order A7 _______B7 printed by the Employees ’Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Invention Description (16) Converted into electrical signals, where each transducer includes an encoder wheel (122), and a Axially fixed to each encoder wheel shaft (122)-the end of the encoder wheel (124). The orientation of each encoder wheel (122) is perpendicular to each other in the lower housing (103), and is adjacent to the sphere (119). A wheel pin (126) and an end pin (127) (both shown in dashed lines) extend axially from each encoder wheel shaft (122) to a shaft formed in a pair of shaft supports (128) For the pin hole, the encoder axle is accommodated in a rotatable manner. Each pair of shaft supports (128) rotatably buckles each encoder axle (122). The wheel pin (126) extends axially from the end close to the encoder wheel (124). The end pin (127) extends axially from the end of the encoder wheel (122) at the end of the encoder wheel (124). A spring-loaded roller (130) protrudes upward from the lower housing (103), and the spring-loaded roller (130) is rotatably held by the lower housing (103). The position of the roller (130) pressed by the spring is opposite to an internal angle formed by the two encoder axles (122) positioned perpendicular to each other, and the ball (119;) is inked so that the ball (119) contacts each The encoder axle faces the inner angle, and at the same time, the sphere can be freely rotated, and each encoder axle (122) and encoder wheel (124) can be rotated. As detailed in FIG. 2B, the roller (106) includes a wheel (136), and the wheel (136) has a coating layer (137) of elastic material extending around the wheel. A pair of pins (138) forming a shaft extends axially from the opposite surface of the wheel (136). A hub (139) of substantially rectangular cross-section extends from a pin (138). Each pin (138) is buckled into two pairs of circular openings (1 4 1) formed by two pairs of upwardly extending finger members (135), and these two pairs of circular openings (141) are tied to- 19-This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210x 297mm) " ^^ 1- n ^ l ^^^ 1 m HI In at ^ n k. ^^^ 1 m I-- ml ml brother i I < (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) A7 ----- B7__ 5. The invention description (17) is formed in a round frame (140). As will be explained in more detail below, the wheel frame (140) movably buckles the lower housing (103). A pair of vertically extending flanges (143) protrude from opposite ends of an encoder enclosure (142), and a pair of vertically extending ribs (1 45) protrude from one end of the wheel frame (14〇). A pair of vertically extending grooves (147) formed in the ribs (145) respectively receive a flange (143) of the encoder enclosure (142), so that the wheel frame (140) firmly receives the encoder Encapsulation. When the encoder enclosure is contained in the above manner, the inverted u-shaped groove (16 1) in the encoder enclosure (〖42) is axially aligned with each circular opening of the wheel frame (140) (141), each flange (143) preferably has a tapered lower end (143), so that the encoder enclosure (丨 42) can be easily slid into the grooves (147) during manufacturing. Printed by the Central Standard Falcon Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A tactile feedback disk (148) and an encoder ring (150) (attached to the tactile feedback disk) 'An encoder electrode holder (152) is clamped to each other and is accommodated in the encoder enclosure (142) One of them opens downward. These components combine to form a z-sleeve transducer assembly (153), which is electrically and mechanically coupled to a part of a printed circuit board (1 82) (丨 82,) (Will be explained below). The flexible web connector (15!) Electrically connects the part (182,) and the 2-axis transducer assembly (153) to the printed circuit board (182). The tactile feedback disk (148) is provided with a plurality of radially extending check portions (155) (for example, there are eighteen). These non-return portions (155) are spaced at the same distance and are distributed around the haptic disc (148) so as to form the same number of recesses (154) therebetween. A hub (156) extends from both sides of the tactile feedback disk (148). The wheel hub (156) is provided with: a shoulder portion, which is oriented toward the outer layer -20-said standard adopts Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21QX 297 Gongchu) ~~ '---- 3〇868 〇 A7 B7 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. The invention (Ί8) (144) is defined by the gear (157) on one side; and an approximately rectangular receiving opening formed along the axis (158) The size of the receiving opening (158) is sufficient to receive and functionally engage the rectangular cross-section hub (139) of the roller (106) (see FIG. 2B). A part of the hub (156) extending beyond the gear (157) rotates freely in a circular opening (160) formed in the outer plate (144). The circular opening (160) of the outer layer plate (144) is exposed through the U-shaped groove (161) formed in the encoder enclosure (142). One side of the tactile feedback disk (148) extends toward the hub (156) of the encoder ring (150), passes through an opening (159) in the encoder ring (150), and is formed in the encoder electrode holder (152) Is accommodated in a circular opening (163) and freely rotates within the circular opening (163). The biasing engagement member (1 46) is fixed to the outer layer plate (1 44) and has an integrally formed protrusion (162) that extends toward the tactile feedback discs (148) check portions ( 1 55) between the recesses (154), and are accommodated in the recesses (154). In operation, when the roller (106) is rotated, each circular opening (141) of the wheel frame (140) supports the pins (138) in a rotatable manner, and the hub (139) of the rectangular cross section is engaged The hub (156), and the hub (156) is allowed to rotate freely in the circular opening (160) of the outer plate (144) and the circular opening (163) of the encoder electrode frame (152). When the roller (106) rotates, the spring force of the biased engagement member (146), and the shapes of the protrusions (162), the recesses (54), and the check portion (155) force the roller (106) into a number of Non-continuous positions (for example, eighteen non-continuous positions corresponding to eighteen recesses (1 54) and non-return portions (1 5 5)). Please refer to FIG. 2A again, on each side of the encoder wheel (124), there are light-emitting diodes (Light-Emitting Diode: LED) (166) and other light-emitting elements -21 Rate (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

、-IT 經濟部中央揉準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ---—____B7_ 五、發明説明(19 ) 件s在每一編碼器輪(124)的另一面上相對於每一 LED (166)設有一諸如光電晶體(168)等光偵測元件。當每一編 媽器輪(124)轉動時,根據在編碼器輪周圍的數個缺口(125) 中之一缺口是否位於LED (166)與光電晶體(168)之間, LED (166)所發的光交替不透過及透過編碼器輪(124),且 爲光電晶體(168)所接收。 —第一開關(17〇)及一第二開關(172)之位置係分別在第 一輸入按鈕(110)及第二輸入按鈕(112)之下(請參閲圖1A) ,因而第一或第二輸入按鈕的啓動將使對應的開關啓動。 滚輪開關(1 74)之位置鄰近滾輪(1 〇6),且可用下文所述 ^万式向下滑動按壓滾輪(1〇6),而啓動滾輪開關(174)。 請參閲圖2B,輪架(14〇)係置於一對彈簧(176)上。自下 外殼(103)向上延伸的一對銷(177)延伸穿過各彈簧(176)之 下端部分,並扣住該等下端部分。四個垂直導承(178)(具 有大致爲45。的角橫斷面)自下外殼(1〇3)向上延伸,而以 可滑動之方式扣住輪架(14〇)之各角落(14〇,),並因而讓輪 架以可滑動之方式置於各彈簧(176)上,同時使輪架之移動 限制在垂直方向的滑動。因此,可按壓滾輪(1〇6),輪架 (140)因而向下滑向滑鼠(1〇1)之下外殼(1()3),使自輪架延 伴之-開關接合臂U 80)(在編碼器包封體(i 42)之對向)向下 移動,而啓動滾輪開關(174)。尤其是,開關接合臂(18〇) <下端部分(179)接合並按壓滾輪開關 ⑽),直到㈣接合臂㈣下延伸停止部分陶 輪開關(174)的-上表面(185)而限制開關接合臂的向下移 l__ -22- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 II - I t I . 308680 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(20 ) 動(因而避免了開關按鈕(181)進一步的向下移動)爲止。若 無停止部分(183),可能或過於向内桉壓滚輪開關(174)之 開關按纽(1 8 1 ),使按益卡在向下的位置。 此外,可向下按壓輪架(1 40)以啓動滚輪開關(丨74),並 大致同時轉動滾輪(106)。因此,如下文所述,使用者可按 ,要並保持滾輪開關(174),因而產生一開關信號,並同時轉 動滾輪(1 06),以便產生滾輪位置信號或"z軸信號"。上文 所述按磬輪架(140)並啓動滾輪開關(174)所需之70-130克 總力量大於轉動滾輪(106)所需之力量,此種方式有助於使 用者不會無意間啓動開關,並同時轉動滾輪。 當滾輪(106)被完全按塵時,自輪架(140)向下延伸的數 個腳部(164)靠在下外殼(1〇3)的一上表面上,因而限制了 輪架進一步的向下移動。一調整片(165)係自輪架(14〇)的 —個肋條 (145)及在調整片(165)對面的一個指形構件(135) 之上表面向外延伸,且該調整片(16 5)係分別靠在上外殼 (102)的各停止構件(402)及(404)上(圖3A),因而限制了滾 輪(106)及輪架(140)的向上移動。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如上文所述,由彈簧(]76)及滾輪開關(174)產生且爲按 壓輪架(140)所需之彈簧力應大於轉度/滾輪(106)時所施加 的向下力(爲偏壓接合構件(146)及觸覺反饋盤(148)所產生) ,以便抑制滾輪開關(丨74)的無意間啓動。對本門技術具有 一般知識者當可了解,按壓滾輪所需之力量取決於彈簧 (1 76)、滾輪開關(1 74)、及開關按鈕(1 8 1)行程距離之特性 -23- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210.X 297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 A7 —---____ 五、發明説明(21 ) 滚輪開關(174)之彈簧力最妤是在40-75克之間,此彈妥 力是啓動滚輪開關的開關按紐(丨8 1)所需者。這些彈簧(丨76) 合而提供30_55克的彈簧力。因此,向内按壓滚輪(1〇6)以 啓動滚輪開關(174)所需之總力量(即"按壓力,·)將造成上文 所述啓動此開關所需的70_130克總力量。 爲了提供70-130克的按壓力,重要的是在滑鼠(1〇1)内並 典其他的組件將大量的額外力量加入此較佳之力量範圍中 。爲達到此一目的,腹板連接器(〖5 設有兩個沿著其長度 方向的橫向延伸之彆頭(1 5 1 '),每一個彎頭約爲9〇。,以 便在兩個彎頭之間形成一平坦部分(丨6丨),且該平坦部分 (1 6 1)係大致與印刷電路板(丨82)平行。各彎頭(」5〗係作爲 錢鏈線,可讓腹板連接器(151)以各彆頭爲軸而迴轉,並因 而自由向上及向下移動,而無須將任何額外的實質力量施 加到按壓滚輪(106)所需的較佳按壓力範圍中。腹板連接器 (1 5 1)亦可包含一具有高可撓性及有限彈簧力之材料。由於 提供此平坦部分(161),所以腹板連接器(151)不只施加很 小的弹簧力(例如在0 _ 1 0克的範圍),而且也限制了連接器 之高度,使此連接器可安置於滑鼠(1 0丨)的主體(i 1 7)内, 而不會接觸上外殼(1 02)的下面。 爲了進一步將無意間之啓動減至最低,根據本發明之— 實施例配置各止回部(丨5 5),而在滾輪(丨〇6)的轉動(沿著線 (107)所示之方向)與按蜃滚輪(1〇6)(沿著代號(1〇8)所示之 方向)疋間獲得一致的分離3如圖2 C所示,1 8個止回部 (1)5)係間隔配置在觸覺反饋盤(148)的周圍。在一實施例 _ -24- 本紙浪尺度相中軸家標準(CNS ) A4规格(2!〇'X297公赛) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 訂 A7 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 B7 五、發明説明(22 ) 中,觸覺反饋盤(148)之直徑爲0.875英寸》這些止回部之 特性加上轉動並按壓滾輪所需之力量範圍提供了轉動滾輪 (106)之較佳”感覺"。此種"感覺"將觸覺反饋提供給使用者 ’因而增加了控制並啓動滾輪之準確度及一致性。此外, 由於以此種方式配置各止回部,所以於移動滚輪時在各止 回部之間可容許某一晃動量,而不會無意間將滚輪移到前 一或次一非連續位置,因而亦減少了滾輪無意間的轉動。 爲了進一步確保滾輪(106)的準確且舒適之啓動,滾輪外 緣(3 8)之半徑係經設計,讓使用者可自任一端(亦即自滑鼠 按处(104)或(105))接近滾輪,並沿著外緣(38)轉動並按壓 滾輪。在一較佳實施例中,如圖2D所示,外緣(38)之半徑 爲0.075-0.2英寸,且當三個尺寸分別爲〇 5〇英寸、〇125英 寸、及0.1875英寸的切線半徑(29)、(31)、及(33)界定外緣 (38)時’將可得到可接受的結果。因此,使用者對滚輪的 控制良好’但滾輪並不是指尖軟塊外傷的來源。(指尖軟 塊是指骨末梢的手掌表面之软性組織。) 在一實施例中’滾輪之寬度(36)爲〇25_〇4英寸,而在 滚輪寬度(36)爲0.275英寸時將可得到較佳之結果。使用此 範圍中之尺寸時,滾輪(106)係與使用者之指尖軟塊接觸, 同時可讓使用者感覺到滾輪的邊緣。此種方式有助於使用 者正確地將其手指置於滾輪上,因而使力量更佳地自手指 傳遞到滾輪。 滾輪心外表面係以彈性材質材料製成,因而使使用者的 會才曰與滾輪(106)間之接觸良好,因而使用者的食指不會自 25 - 本-紙張尺度適用中國固宏接沲 祕 —al-i^^i I n ^^^1 n I —^n n nn t-IK -*-* I JJ. -Λ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A7 _____B7_ 五、發明説明(23 ) 滾輪(106)滑開,且不會無意間按壓按鈕(1〇4)或(105)中的 一個按紐。雖然可使用諸如SantopreneT M等各種低硬度的 彈性材料,但是申請人相信當所使用的材料是硬度爲6〇的 Krayton材料時可得到較佳的結果。 由於如上文所述根據本發明的一實施例提供了一指向装 置,所以滑鼠(101)又將反饋提供給使用者,可讓使用者以 直覺的方式使用該指向裝置及滾輪(1 06)。對該滾輪的感覺 提供了此反饋,且係由各止回部(155)之配置與間隔以及將 该滚輪自一非連續位置移動到次一非連續位置所需之力量 界定了此種反饋。在一實施例中,當接合構件(1 46)位於止 回部(155)之最向點而通過該土回部時,滾輪(1〇6)自一個 位置到另一位置的移動產生了電氣信號,並傳送該電氣信 號,因而將觸覺及視覺反饋提供給使用者,以便使一個所 需的結果與滚輪(106)的一特定移動量相關聯。使用者可因 而以更直覺的方式導覽一文件,而無須注視該指向裝置。 在一替代實施例中,當滚輪(1 06)自一非連續位置移動到另 一非連續位置時,將產生聲音而提供額外的反饋。 現在將進一步説明本發明在機械上的面向,如圖2 A所示 ,係在大約分別於下外殼(103)左上角及右上角那之位置上 將開關(170)及(172)分隔開,以便適應在其間放置滾輪 (106)及輪架(140)。最好是可讓使用者在這些按鈕上表面 的任何部分上按壓第一或第二按鈕(1 〇 4)或(10 5 ),而仍可 回應於上述按壓而分別啓動開關(170)及(1 72)。然而,在 習用技術中,一支柱通常自上外殼(1 02)向下延伸到球體 -26 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) n I I I— I - It —- J ..丁 f 夤 i (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) S〇S68〇 A7 —____B7___ 五、發明説明(24 ) (119)之上端,以便使滑鼠(101)不會在落地試驗或其他強 制性球體移動時由於球體(i 19)的移動而受損。此種現有滑 鼠中常見的向下延伸之支柱將分割按鈕(104)及(105)所附 著的一鉸鏈,且可能影響到按鈕(104)及(105)在按壓狀態 下的所需移動,將於下文中詳述此種情況。因此,此種支 柱在本發明中是不必要的。然而,使滑鼠内部不會受損的 主要目標仍然是必要的。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 —^1 - 111 f II ί ί -- -1 η ί··-- --- I 0¾. i 1- (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 請參閲圖3A,第一及第二按鈕(1〇4)及(105)係與自每一 按鈕後緣延伸的一彈性鉸鏈構件(406)—體成形。上外殼 (102)中之一開口(410)容納鉸鏈構件(406),並鎖定各調整 片(4 10)而將該鉸鏈構件(406)固定,該等調整片(4 10)則係 扣住該鉸鏈構件中之各凹部(4 12)。當上外殼(1 〇2)扣住鉸 鏈構件(406),且上外殼係固定於下外殼(103)時,一對開 關啓動柱塞(415)(係分別自各個第一及第二按鈕(104)及 (1 05)向下延伸出每一開關啓動柱塞)係置於各個對應的開 關(170)及(172)之上,以便接合並按壓該等按鈕,而啓動 各開關。當上外殼(102)及下外殼(103)被固定在—起時, 滾輪(106)向上延伸穿過一形成於第一與第二按鈕(1〇4)及 (105)間之橢圓形孔(417)(如圖1 A所示)。 一通道(408)在鉸鏈構件(406)的左及右端之間横向延沖 通過鉸鏈構件(406),而提供一鉸鏈構件形成材料(例如塑 膠)較薄的區域,因而提供了按鈕(104)及(1〇5)在被按塵_時 可以之爲軸而迴轉的一鉸鏈線》鉸鏈構件(4〇6)具有彈性, 並提供了一向上的回行力,可使按紐(104)及(1〇5)在被按 -27 - 本紙張尺度朗巾難家鮮(CNS. ) A4規格(210X297公釐)'—~~-----、 -IT A7 printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Development of the Ministry of Economy -----____ B7_ V. Description of invention (19) Pieces on the other side of each encoder wheel (124) relative to each LED (166) A light detection element such as a photoelectric crystal (168) is provided. When each encoder wheel (124) rotates, according to whether one of the notches (125) around the encoder wheel is between the LED (166) and the photoelectric crystal (168), the LED (166) The emitted light alternately does not pass through and passes through the encoder wheel (124), and is received by the photoelectric crystal (168). —The positions of the first switch (17〇) and a second switch (172) are respectively under the first input button (110) and the second input button (112) (please refer to FIG. 1A), so the first or The activation of the second input button will activate the corresponding switch. The position of the roller switch (174) is close to the roller (106), and the roller switch (174) can be activated by sliding down the roller (106) using the following method. Referring to FIG. 2B, the wheel frame (14〇) is placed on a pair of springs (176). A pair of pins (177) extending upward from the lower housing (103) extend through the lower end portions of each spring (176) and buckle the lower end portions. Four vertical guides (178) (having an angular cross section of approximately 45 °) extend upward from the lower housing (103), and slidably hold the corners (14) of the wheel frame (14〇) 〇,), and thus the wheel frame is placed on each spring (176) in a slidable manner, while the movement of the wheel frame is restricted to slide in the vertical direction. Therefore, the roller (106) can be pressed, and the wheel frame (140) slides down to the housing (1 () 3) under the mouse (101), so that the self-wheel frame is accompanied by the switch engagement arm U 80 ) (In the direction opposite to the encoder enclosure (i 42)), and the scroll switch (174) is activated. In particular, the switch engagement arm (18〇) < the lower end portion (179) engages and presses the roller switch ⑽), until the ∣ engagement arm ∣ extends downward to stop the upper surface (185) of the pottery wheel switch (174) to limit the switch The downward movement of the joint arm l -22- (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Binding · Binding II-I t I. 308680 A7 ______B7 5. The invention description (20) moves (thus avoiding the switch button ( 181) Move down further). If there is no stop part (183), the switch button (1 8 1) of the roller switch (174) may be pressed inward or too far, so that the push button is stuck in the downward position. In addition, the wheel frame (140) can be pressed down to activate the wheel switch (74) and rotate the wheel (106) at approximately the same time. Therefore, as described below, the user can press to hold the wheel switch (174), thereby generating a switch signal and rotating the wheel (106) at the same time to generate a wheel position signal or " z-axis signal ". The 70-130 grams of total force required to press the chime wheel frame (140) and activate the roller switch (174) as described above is greater than the force required to rotate the roller (106). This method helps the user not accidentally Activate the switch and turn the scroll wheel at the same time. When the roller (106) is completely pressed, a number of feet (164) extending downward from the wheel frame (140) rest on an upper surface of the lower housing (103), thus limiting the further direction of the wheel frame Move down. An adjusting piece (165) is extended from the upper surface of a rib (145) and a finger member (135) opposite to the adjusting piece (165) from the wheel frame (14〇), and the adjusting piece (16) 5) It rests on the stop members (402) and (404) of the upper housing (102) respectively (FIG. 3A), thus restricting the upward movement of the roller (106) and the wheel frame (140). Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) As mentioned above, it is produced by the spring (] 76) and the roller switch (174) and is pressed by the wheel carrier (140) The required spring force should be greater than the downward force applied by the rotation / roller (106) (generated by biasing the engagement member (146) and the tactile feedback disk (148)), so as to suppress the unintentional roll switch (丨 74) To start. Those with general knowledge of this technology should understand that the force required to press the roller depends on the characteristics of the travel distance of the spring (1 76), the roller switch (1 74), and the switch button (1 8 1) -23- This paper size Applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210.X 297 mm) A7 printed by the consumer cooperation of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. ---____ 5. Description of the invention (21) The spring force of the roller switch (174) is the most Yu is between 40-75 grams, this springing force is required to activate the switch button (丨 81) of the wheel switch. These springs (丨 76) together provide a spring force of 30-55 grams. Therefore, pressing the roller (106) inwards to activate the total force required for the roller switch (174) (i.e. " pressing force, ·) will result in the 70-130 grams total force required to activate this switch as described above. In order to provide 70-130 grams of pressing force, it is important to add a large amount of extra power to this preferred power range in the mouse (101) and to integrate other components. For this purpose, the web connector (〖5 is provided with two laterally extending heads (1 5 1 ') along its length, each elbow is about 90. A flat part (丨 6 丨) is formed between the heads, and the flat part (1 6 1) is roughly parallel to the printed circuit board (丨 82). Each elbow ("5〗) is used as a money chain line to allow the abdomen The board connector (151) rotates around the respective heads and thus freely moves upward and downward without applying any additional substantial force to the preferred pressing force range required to press the roller (106). The board connector (15 1) may also include a material with high flexibility and limited spring force. Since this flat portion (161) is provided, the web connector (151) does not only apply a small spring force (eg In the range of 0 _ 1 0 grams), and also limits the height of the connector, so that this connector can be placed in the body (i 1 7) of the mouse (1 0 丨) without touching the upper shell (1 02) below. In order to further minimize the inadvertent start-up, according to the present invention-the embodiment of each non-return part (丨 5 5), and the rotation of the roller (丨 〇6) (along the direction shown by the line (107)) and the pressing of the roller (1〇6) (along the direction shown by the code (1〇8) ) Consistent separation is obtained between the crops. 3 As shown in FIG. 2C, 18 non-return parts (1) 5) are arranged at intervals around the tactile feedback disk (148). In one embodiment _ -24- This paper wave scale Phase Axis Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2! 〇'X297 race) (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) Pack. Order A7 A7 Employee's consumer cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed B7. In the description of the invention (22), the diameter of the tactile feedback disk (148) is 0.875 inches. The characteristics of these non-return parts plus the range of force required to rotate and press the roller provide a better "feel" of the rotating roller (106). This kind of "feel" provides tactile feedback to the user, which increases the accuracy and consistency of the control and activation of the scroll wheel. In addition, since the check parts are configured in this way, when moving the scroll wheel, the A certain amount of sloshing can be tolerated between the non-return parts without inadvertently moving the roller to the previous or next non-continuous position , Which also reduces the unintentional rotation of the roller. In order to further ensure the accurate and comfortable start of the roller (106), the radius of the outer edge of the roller (38) is designed so that the user can use either end (ie, from the mouse Press (104) or (105)) to approach the roller, and rotate and press the roller along the outer edge (38). In a preferred embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2D, the radius of the outer edge (38) is 0.075- 0.2 inches, and it will be acceptable when the tangent radii (29), (31), and (33) define the outer edge (38) of the three dimensions of 〇50square inches, 〇125 inches, and 0.1875 inches respectively the result of. Therefore, the user's control of the roller is good 'but the roller is not a source of trauma to the fingertips. (The soft mass of the fingertip refers to the soft tissue on the palm surface of the distal end of the bone.) In one embodiment, the width of the roller (36) is 〇25_〇4 inches, while the width of the roller (36) is 0.275 inches. Get better results. When using the size in this range, the roller (106) is in contact with the soft piece of the user's fingertip, and at the same time, the user can feel the edge of the roller. This method helps the user to place his finger on the roller correctly, so that the force is better transmitted from the finger to the roller. The outer surface of the roller core is made of elastic material, so that the user's conference and the roller (106) have good contact, so the user's index finger will not be from 25-This-paper size is suitable for China Guhong秘 —al-i ^^ i I n ^^^ 1 n I — ^ nn nn t-IK-*-* I JJ. -Λ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 _____B7_ V. Description of invention (23) The roller (106) slides away and does not accidentally press one of the buttons (104) or (105). Although various low-hardness elastic materials such as SantopreneTM can be used, the applicant believes that when the material used is a Krayton material with a hardness of 60, better results can be obtained. Since a pointing device is provided according to an embodiment of the present invention as described above, the mouse (101) provides feedback to the user, allowing the user to use the pointing device and the scroll wheel (106) in an intuitive manner . This feedback is provided by the feel of the roller, and is defined by the arrangement and spacing of the non-return portions (155) and the force required to move the roller from a discontinuous position to the next discontinuous position. In an embodiment, when the engaging member (146) is located at the most point of the non-return portion (155) and passes through the soil return portion, the movement of the roller (106) from one position to another position generates electrical Signal and transmit the electrical signal, thus providing tactile and visual feedback to the user in order to associate a desired result with a specific amount of movement of the scroll wheel (106). The user can therefore navigate a document in a more intuitive way without having to look at the pointing device. In an alternative embodiment, when the scroll wheel (106) moves from one discontinuous position to another discontinuous position, a sound will be generated to provide additional feedback. The mechanical aspect of the present invention will now be further described. As shown in FIG. 2A, the switches (170) and (172) are separated at approximately the upper left and upper right corners of the lower housing (103), respectively. In order to adapt to placing the roller (106) and the wheel frame (140) in between. Preferably, the user can press the first or second button (104) or (105) on any part of the upper surface of these buttons, and can still activate the switches (170) and (( 1 72). However, in the conventional technology, a pillar usually extends from the upper shell (102) down to the sphere -26-This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard Falcon (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) n III— I-It — -J .. 丁 f 夤 i (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) S〇S68〇A7 —____ B7___ 5. The upper end of the invention description (24) (119), so that the mouse (101) will not Damaged due to the movement of the sphere (i 19) during the landing test or other mandatory sphere movement. Such a downwardly extending post common in such existing mice will divide a hinge to which the buttons (104) and (105) are attached, and may affect the required movement of the buttons (104) and (105) in a pressed state, This situation will be detailed below. Therefore, such a pillar is unnecessary in the present invention. However, the main goal of keeping the mouse from being damaged is still necessary. Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs— ^ 1-111 f II ί ί--1 η ί (Page) Referring to FIG. 3A, the first and second buttons (104) and (105) are integrally formed with an elastic hinge member (406) extending from the rear edge of each button. An opening (410) in the upper casing (102) accommodates the hinge member (406), and locks the adjusting pieces (4 10) to fix the hinge member (406), the adjusting pieces (4 10) are fastened Each recess (4 12) in the hinge member. When the upper housing (102) buckles the hinge member (406) and the upper housing is fixed to the lower housing (103), a pair of switches activates the plungers (415) (from the first and second buttons respectively) 104) and (105) extend downwardly from each switch activation plunger) and are placed on each corresponding switch (170) and (172) to engage and press the buttons to activate each switch. When the upper shell (102) and the lower shell (103) are fixed together, the roller (106) extends upward through an oval hole formed between the first and second buttons (104) and (105) (417) (as shown in Figure 1A). A channel (408) extends laterally through the hinge member (406) between the left and right ends of the hinge member (406) to provide an area where the hinge member forming material (such as plastic) is relatively thin, thus providing a button (104) And (1〇5) a hinge line that can be turned as an axis when pressed, and the hinge member (4〇6) is elastic and provides an upward return force to make the button (104) And (1〇5) in being pressed -27-The size of this paper is very difficult (CNS.) A4 specification (210X297mm) '— ~~ -----

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印^ 壓之後使該等按鈕回到其原來的位置。重要的是,自上外 殼⑽)向下延件的-支柱(413)沿著縱向分割外殼,而形 成左及右支柱部分(414),且在兩支柱部分之間有一間隙。 鉸鍵構件(4G6)具有左及右部分(彻),每—部分都有一具 有彈性且横向向外的第—鉸鍵部分(417)、及—具有彈性且 橫向向内的第二鉸鏈部分(418),在其間設有一孔(々Μ), 該孔(416)之尺寸足以在將鉸鍵構件固定於上外殼⑽)時 容納對應的-個左及右部分穿過。由於向下延伸的各支柱 (41 3)被分刻成左及右支柱部分(4丨4),所以鉸鏈構件(4叫 的左及右第二鉸鏈部分(418)可延伸於左及右支柱部分(々Μ) 之間,而在橫向内向處將一向上的回行力提供給按紐(1〇4) 及(105),因而可使鉸鏈構件(4〇6)所施加的回行力作更佳 的分体,其中情形將於下文中説明之。在左及右第二鉸鏈 部分H18)l間設有—縱向延伸之間_ (42()),用以分隔第 一及第二按鈕(⑺句及^⑺),使任—按鈕的移動都不會引 起另一按短的移動。 苦並無第二鉸鏈部分(418),則第一按鈕(1〇4)將有如圖 3A中座線(422)所示之-有故縱向中心線,該有效縱向中 心線偏離按的實際縱向中心線ώ因此,請參閲圖3b,如 果使用者在一接近滾輪(1〇6)之潢向内側位置(423)按要第 一按鈕(1(H),則向下力可在按鈕上提供―轉矩或扭轉力, 此租轉力可將按鈕的反橫向外侧部分向上偏離開關(1川), 因而無法啓動開關。如果取決於使用者在按鈕(1〇句上施力 〜位置而的確發生了開關的啓動,則將產生不同的啓動 ___ -28- 本紙張尺度適财ϋ 1!家標準(cNS丨 --1装-- ** (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) II - -1- 言 -II - I . 五、發明説明( 效應’且使用者有不同的感覺。此種狀況顯然是不佳的。 若在第一鉸鏈部分(417)以外又設有第二鉸鏈部分(418) ,則有效縱向中心線自線(422)移到虛線(424),虛線(424) 幾乎是按鈕(104)之實際縱向中心線。此外,左及右第一及 第二鉸鏈部分(417)及(418)提供一較長且橫向延伸之鉸鏈 線(由通道(4〇8)形成)。因此,請參閲圖3C,增加的橫向鉸 鏈線及有效縱向中心線的移動提供了 —個大致不受轉矩力 影響的更穩定之鉸鏈線。因此,當在位置(423)上按壓此按 鈕時,第一按鈕(104)係在一大致平坦的龍骨上相對於下外 殼(10 3)向下移動。 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 --------1 装-- »- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如圖2A所示,第一及第二開關(17〇)及(1?2)、滚輪開關 (174)、及各[ED (166)、及各光電晶體(1都是安裝在單 一的印刷電路板(電路板(丨82))上,且係由習知之裝置將上 述各裝置耦合到安裝在該印刷電路板上的額外電路(184)。 此額外的電路(1 84)包括一微控制器、及熟悉相關技術者所 習知的使各LED (166)發光之其他分立式電子裝置,以便 使各光電晶體(168)依據此光而產生信號,接收此信號,並 將這些信號轉換成適當的電腦信號,而經由連接線(丨丨4)傳 送到電腦(109)(請參閲圖1A)。此種技術是熟悉本門技術者 所習知的。若·要得知有關滑鼠㈠〇丨)這方面的其他資訊,請 參閱授與Lapson等人的美國專利4,464,652、授與Beauprey 的美國專利4,533,830、及授與Hosogoe等人的美國專利 4,562,3 14。 滑鼠(101)以大多數現有滑鼠的典型方式產生電腦系統的 29 - 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 308680 Α7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(^ 乂及\軸位置信號。在作業中,滑鼠(101)沿著一平坦表面 移動或滑動’使球體(119)突出孔(120)而轉動。當球體 (119)轉動時,將轉動X及γ軸換能器(121)及(121,)之編碼 器輪軸(122),該等編碼器輪軸(122)又轉動固定於其上的 各編碼器輪(124)。當各編碼器輪(124)轉動時,諸光電晶 體(168)接收各缺口(125)掠過諸LED (166)時自該等LED所 發出的光脈波。每一光電晶體(168)都將這些光脈波轉換成 變動的電氣信號’且這些電氣信號被輸入到額外的電銘 (184)。 雖然本發明中係以單一元件之方式大致示出並説明每一 光杬tm體(168),但是本發明亦可使用設有兩個光電晶體的 罝一光電探測器構装,例口由UTE〇N公司製造的光電晶 體型號LTR-5576D。因此,每—光電晶體(168)產生兩個信 號f正又信號”(”qUadrature signals”)e形成χ軸換能器 (121)邵分的光電晶體(168)產生正交信號"χΑ"及"χΒ”。形 成\軸換能器(121,)部分的光電晶體(168)產生正交信號 "Υ Α” 及 ’,ΥΒ"。 每一光電探測器(168)中的兩個光電晶體分隔了一個已知 的距離’因而光電㈣器中之—光電晶體係㈣其中一個 缺口U25)上’以便自LED(166)接收光線,使該光電晶體 輸出高位準,,信號,並由額外的電路(184)將該信號轉換 成數位”1”正叉信號。相反地,光電探測器中之另— 光電晶體被編碼器輪⑴⑽住而無法自LED (166〉接收光 線,因而輸出-’,低位準.,信號,肖信號並被轉換成— i I nn n^i nn t n i IJm vm IV ^ W3. T口 -0 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Du Yin ^ of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Bureau of Standards and Staff's Consumer Cooperation presses these buttons back to their original positions. It is important that the pillar (413) extending downward from the upper shell (⑽) divides the shell along the longitudinal direction to form left and right pillar portions (414) with a gap between the two pillar portions. The hinge member (4G6) has left and right parts (through), each part has a first hinge part (417) which is elastic and laterally outward, and a second hinge part which is elastic and laterally inward ( 418), a hole (々Μ) is provided therebetween, and the size of the hole (416) is sufficient to accommodate the corresponding left and right parts to pass through when the hinge member is fixed to the upper housing ⑽. Since each post (41 3) extending downward is divided into left and right post parts (4 ~ 4), the hinge member (4 left and right second hinge part (418) can extend from the left and right post Between the part (々Μ), and the upward return force is provided to the buttons (1〇4) and (105) at the lateral inward direction, so that the return force exerted by the hinge member (4〇6) can be operated A better split, where the situation will be explained below. Between the left and right second hinge parts H18) l is provided with a longitudinal extension (42 ()) to separate the first and second buttons (⑺ sentence and ^ ⑺), so that the movement of any-button will not cause another short movement. If there is no second hinge part (418), the first button (104) will have the same as shown in the seat line (422) in FIG. 3A-there is a valid longitudinal centerline, the effective longitudinal centerline deviates from the actual longitudinal direction The centerline is shown in Fig. 3b. If the user presses the first button (1 (H) at an inner position (423) close to the roller (1〇6), the downward force can be on the button Provides ―torque or torsional force. This rental force can deviate the reverse lateral outer part of the button upward from the switch (1 Chuan), so the switch cannot be activated. If it depends on the user to apply force on the button (10 sentence ~ position and If the start of the switch does occur, a different start will be generated ___ -28- The paper size is suitable for financial use 1! Home standard (cNS 丨 --1 installed-** (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) II--1- 言 -II-I. V. Description of the invention (effects) and users have different feelings. This situation is obviously not good. If it is provided outside the first hinge part (417) The second hinge part (418), then the effective longitudinal centerline moves from the line (422) to the dotted line (424), the dotted line (424) is almost The actual longitudinal centerline of the button (104). In addition, the left and right first and second hinge portions (417) and (418) provide a longer and laterally extending hinge line (formed by the channel (408)). Therefore, referring to Figure 3C, the increased lateral hinge line and effective longitudinal centerline movement provide a more stable hinge line that is largely unaffected by torque. Therefore, when pressing this button at position (423) At this time, the first button (104) is moved downwards relative to the lower shell (10 3) on a substantially flat keel. Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standard Falcon Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -------- 1 Pack- -»-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) As shown in Figure 2A, the first and second switches (17〇) and (1? 2), the wheel switch (174), and each [ED ( 166), and each photoelectric crystal (1 are installed on a single printed circuit board (circuit board (丨 82)), and the above-mentioned devices are coupled to additional circuits installed on the printed circuit board by a conventional device (184). This additional circuit (184) includes a microcontroller and LEDs (166) that are familiar to those skilled in the relevant art. Other discrete electronic devices that emit light, so that each photoelectric crystal (168) generates a signal based on this light, receives this signal, and converts these signals into appropriate computer signals, which are transmitted to the connection line (丨 丨 4) to Computer (109) (please refer to Figure 1A). This technique is familiar to those skilled in the art. If you want to know other information about the mouse (i), please refer to Grant Lapson, etc. U.S. Patent 4,464,652, U.S. Patent 4,533,830 to Beauprey, and U.S. Patent 4,562,3 to Hosogoe et al. The mouse (101) generates computer systems in the typical way of most existing mice. 29-This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 308680 Α7 B7 Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Printed five. Description of the invention (^ q and axis position signal. In operation, the mouse (101) moves or slides along a flat surface to make the ball (119) protrude from the hole (120) and rotate. When the ball (119) ) When rotating, the encoder wheels (122) of the X and γ axis transducers (121) and (121,) will be rotated, and the encoder wheels (122) will rotate the encoder wheels (124) fixed thereon. ). When each encoder wheel (124) rotates, the photoelectric crystals (168) receive the pulses of light emitted from the LEDs when the notches (125) pass over the LEDs (166). Each photoelectric crystal (168) ) All convert these optical pulses into variable electrical signals' and these electrical signals are input to an additional electrical name (184). Although the present invention generally shows and illustrates each light source as a single element (168), but the invention can also be used with two photoelectric crystals The photodetector is equipped with a photoelectric crystal model LTR-5576D manufactured by UTE〇N. Therefore, each photoelectric crystal (168) generates two signals, “f” and “signals” (“qUadrature signals”) e, forming the χ axis. The transducer (121) has a photoelectric crystal (168) that generates quadrature signals " χΑ " and " χΒ ". The photoelectric crystal (168) that forms the part of the axis transducer (121,) generates orthogonal signals "; Υ Α "and ', ΥΒ ". The two photoelectric crystals in each photodetector (168) are separated by a known distance' so the photoelectric device-the photoelectric crystal system (one of the gaps U25) ' In order to receive light from the LED (166), the photoelectric crystal outputs a high-level signal, and the signal is converted into a digital "1" positive cross signal by an additional circuit (184). Conversely, the photoelectric detector — The photoelectric crystal is held by the encoder wheel ⑽ and cannot receive light from the LED (166>, so it outputs-', low level., Signal, and Xiao signal and is converted into — i I nn n ^ i nn tni IJm vm IV ^ W3 . T 口 -0 (Please read the notes on the back before filling (This page)

A7A7

ο"正交信號。因此 號產生異相的信號。額Af/4(168)輸出的兩個正交信 數位.·〇”與,,r,輸入信號電路(184)(亦即微控制器)感測 或兩個正交信號位準)間之轉換0 額外的電路(184)根披盤片+ ^ ,. . , ^ , ’绝二轉變的比較,而決定滑鼠被移 動的方向。例如,如耍止 ^ ^ ^ 光電晶體(168)輸出的正交信號xa 及ΧΒ爲”00,,及接續的”1〇„, 則額外的電路(184)識別出滑鼠 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 (10 1)正在被沿著X轴的.太&從士 们万向移動。相反地,如果正交信號 XA及XB爲”11”及接靖的”1Λ„ , 策)10 ,則額外的電路(184)識別出 滑鼠(101)正在被沿著相反的方向移動a 額外的電路(1 84)所偵測到在數位"G•,與M ^ "信號間之轉變 ^ 、 4 而&义,在本門技術中係將滑 鼠行程方向及大小的決定稱爲正交計算㈣―“ calculation)。額外的電路(i 84)利用習知技術執行此種正交 計算。正交計算將正交信號轉換成計數信號,用以指示滑 鼠(101)沿著X及γ軸的移動。計數信號是正的或負的,用 以扣示滑鼠(1 0 1)沿會一特定轴是順向或逆向移動。如下文 中所將説明的,主電腦(109)將這些計數轉換成指標(113) 在顯示裝置(I 1 2 )上的移動。 根據上文的説明,X軸換能器(1 2丨)及相關聯的光電晶體 (168)產生XA及XB正交信號,且額外的電路(184)將這些正 交信號轉換成用來指示滑鼠(10 1)沿著X軸的移動或位置之 計數信號’本文中將此計數信號稱爲” X軸電腦信號”。γ車由 換能器(12 1')及相關聯的先電晶體(1 6 8)產生γ z及Y B正交 信號,且額外的電路(1JM)將這些正交信號轉換成用來指示 -31 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇><297公釐) (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -* A7 B7 經濟部中央橾準局員工消f合作社印製 五、發明説明(29 滑鼠(101)沿著Y軸的移動或位置之計數信號,本文中將此 計數信號稱爲"Y軸電腦信號”。 滑鼠(101)以類似於產生乂及丫軸信號之方式產生電腦系 統(100)之Z軸位置信號。Z軸換能器總成(153)產生z軸正交 信號(包括一 "ZA”及一,,ZB”成分),且2軸正交信號被輸入 額外的電路(184)。當使用者轉動滚輪(1〇6)時,觸覺反饋 盤(148)及固定於其上的編碼器環(15〇)轉動。編碼器環 (150)係以導電材料構成,並具有若干突出且間隔相等的絕 緣部分(186)(示於圖2(:中之虛線)。如本門技術中所習知者 ,當編碼器環(15〇)轉動時,由於各絕緣部分(186)掠過諸 電極,所以固定於編碼器電極架(152)的三個電刷電極(188) 又替導電及不導電。當編碼器環(15〇)轉動時,各電刷電極 U88)產生z袖正夂信號ZA及ZB。額外的電路(184)利用正 交計算,自這些正交信號中決定滾輪(1〇6)轉動的方向及大 小(可將其概念化成沿著Z軸的,,模擬"滑鼠行程),因而產生 用來指示滑鼠沿著z軸的模擬移動或位置 '或”z轴電腦p 號", ’ ° 雖然在本文的説明中係以滾輪(106)及編碼器總成(〗53) 產生Z軸電腦信號,但是衣發明亦可利用其他的電機械裝 置產生Z軸電腦信號。尤其是如熟悉相關技術者所習知^ ,本發明係可替代性地使用光電編碼器、搖桿開關、壓敏 開關/搖桿、或其他在必要時設有換能器的電機械開關。 滑武(101)及X及Y軸電腦信號以及第一與第二開關信號 輸出到電腦(109) ’作爲三個連續的資料封包或位元组。隨 >^1— B^i^v —1 mV , i —^n nn TJ ·-洚 i (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)ο " Quadrature signal. Therefore, the signal generates out-of-phase signals. Af / 4 (168) output two orthogonal signal digits. · 〇 "and, r, input signal circuit (184) (that is, microcontroller) sensing or two orthogonal signal levels) Conversion 0 Extra circuit (184) discs + ^,... ^, 'Comparison of the two transitions, and determines the direction in which the mouse is moved. For example, if the ^^^^ photoelectric crystal (168) output The quadrature signals xa and XB are "00", and the subsequent "10", then the additional circuit (184) recognizes that the printing and printing of the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (10 1) is being followed along X Axis. Too & move universally from the taxi. Conversely, if the quadrature signals XA and XB are "11" and the connected "1Λ", policy) 10, then the additional circuit (184) recognizes that the mouse (101) is being moved in the opposite direction a extra The circuit (1 84) detects the transition between digital " G •, and M ^ " signals ^, 4 and & meaning, in this technology is the decision of the direction and size of the mouse stroke It is a quadrature calculation (“calculation”). An additional circuit (i 84) performs this kind of orthogonal calculation using conventional techniques. Orthogonal calculation converts the orthogonal signal into a count signal to instruct the mouse (101) to follow X and γ axis movement. The count signal is positive or negative, used to instruct the mouse (1 0 1) to move along a specific axis in a forward or reverse direction. As will be explained below, the host computer (109) Convert these counts to the movement of the indicator (113) on the display device (I 1 2). According to the above description, the X-axis transducer (1 2 丨) and the associated photoelectric crystal (168) produce XA and XB Quadrature signals, and an additional circuit (184) converts these quadrature signals to indicate movement of the mouse (101) along the X axis Or the counting signal of the position 'is referred to herein as the "X-axis computer signal." The gamma car is produced by the transducer (12 1') and the associated pre-transistor (1 6 8). Cross signal, and an additional circuit (1JM) converts these quadrature signals to indicate -31-This paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 < 297mm) (please listen first Read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page)-* A7 B7 Printed by the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Employee Consumer Cooperative Fifth, Invention Instructions (29 Mouse (101) Counting Signal for Movement or Position along the Y-axis, this article This counting signal is referred to as " Y axis computer signal. &Quot; The mouse (101) generates the Z axis position signal of the computer system (100) in a manner similar to that of the X and Y axis signals. The Z axis transducer assembly (153) Generate z-axis quadrature signals (including one " ZA "and one, ZB" components, and the 2-axis quadrature signal is input to an additional circuit (184). When the user rotates the scroll wheel (1〇6) At this time, the haptic feedback disk (148) and the encoder ring (15〇) fixed thereon rotate. The encoder ring (150) is It is made of electrical material and has a number of protruding and equally spaced insulating parts (186) (shown in Figure 2 (: broken line in the middle). As is known in the art, when the encoder ring (15〇) rotates, Since the insulating parts (186) pass over the electrodes, the three brush electrodes (188) fixed to the encoder electrode frame (152) are conductive and non-conductive again. When the encoder ring (15〇) rotates, each Brush electrode U88) generates z-sleeve positive signals ZA and ZB. The additional circuit (184) uses orthogonal calculations to determine the direction and size of the rotation of the roller (106) from these orthogonal signals (it can be conceptualized as along the Z axis, to simulate the mouse stroke), Therefore, the simulated movement or position along the z-axis used to instruct the mouse to be generated or “z-axis computer p-number ",” although in the description of this article, the scroll wheel (106) and the encoder assembly (〗 53) Generates Z-axis computer signals, but the invention can also use other electromechanical devices to generate Z-axis computer signals. Especially as known to those skilled in the relevant art ^, the present invention can alternatively use photoelectric encoders and rocker switches , Pressure-sensitive switches / rockers, or other electromechanical switches with transducers when necessary. Slider (101) and X and Y axis computer signals and the first and second switch signals are output to the computer (109) As three consecutive data packets or bytes. With > ^ 1— B ^ i ^ v —1 mV, i — ^ n nn TJ ·-洚 i (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

A7 A7 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(30 後立即將z軸電腦信號及滾輪開關信號傳送到電腦(1 〇9), 作爲第四個資料封包或位元組。電腦(丨〇9)所執行的一作業 系統(例如Microsoft公司製造的WIND〇ws 95”接受並處 理這四個資料封包。 在作業系统的控制下,電腦(109)在顯示裝置(112)上顯 示一圖形”使用者介面,,。作業系統在邏輯上將該使用者介 面刀成個或多個視窗(例如圖4 A所示之視窗(200)),且係 由應用軟體產生這些視窗。一般而言,每一視窗具有一與 其相關聯的視窗程序。作業系統爲產生這些視窗的每一應 用軟體維護一個或多個訊息佇列。因爲應用軟體可能產生 多重視窗,所以訊息仵列可爲多重視窗保存訊息。當一事 件發生時,該事件被轉換成一訊息,並將該訊息放入該應 用軟體之訊息佇列中。該應用軟體執行一段稱爲,,訊息迴 圈之%式碼,而擷取該訊息,並將該訊息傳送到逋當的 視窗程序。接收該訊息之視窗程序隨即處理該訊息。 s使用者利用滑鼠(1 〇 1)在一視窗上設定指標(1 〇 8)之位 置,並按壓滑鼠按鈕(丨10)或(112)而點放滑鼠時,該視窗 私序即接收一滑鼠訊息。作業系統提供若干預定之滑鼠訊 息。這些滑鼠訊息指定第一、第二、及滾輪開關(17〇)、 (172)、及(174)之狀態,並指定視窗内指標(113)之位置。 相對於視窗左上角的(x,y)座標指定視窗内的指標(丨1 3 )位置 ’且该指標(113)位置係基於滑鼠(101)所傳送的X及Y袖電 A i c*號3視窗程序接收此滑鼠訊息,並利用此訊息中所含 的資訊,而回應滑鼠之活動。 -33 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 308680 A7 B7____ 五、發明説明(31 ) 因此,配合滑鼠(101)執行的所有應用軟體都自仵列接收 滑藏訊息。滑鼠訊息包括:對應於指標(113)的X及y軸座 標之訊息、以及第一及第二開關(170)及(172)之狀態。滑 鼠訊息亦包括一事件訊息,該事件訊息以訊息 "WM —MOUSEWHEEL"指示滾輪(106)之一轉動量,此種訊 息有下列或同樣適用之格式:A7 A7 Printed by the Consumer Consortium of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention (after 30, the z-axis computer signal and the wheel switch signal are transmitted to the computer (109) as the fourth data packet or byte. An operating system (for example, WINDOW 95 manufactured by Microsoft Corporation) received and processed by the computer (丨 〇9) receives and processes the four data packets. Under the control of the operating system, the computer (109) is on the display device (112) A graphical user interface is displayed. The operating system logically cuts the user interface into one or more windows (such as the window (200) shown in FIG. 4A), and these windows are generated by the application software. In general, each window has a window procedure associated with it. The operating system maintains one or more message queues for each application software that generates these windows. Because application software may generate multiple windows, the message queue can be Multiple windows save messages. When an event occurs, the event is converted into a message and the message is placed in the message queue of the application software. The application software executes a It is called, the% code of the message loop, and the message is retrieved and sent to the proper window procedure. The window procedure that receives the message processes the message immediately. The user uses the mouse (1 〇 1) Set the position of the pointer (1 〇8) on a window, and press the mouse button (丨 10) or (112) and click the mouse, the window will receive a mouse message in private order. The operating system provides A number of predetermined mouse messages. These mouse messages specify the status of the first, second, and scroll switches (17〇), (172), and (174), and specify the position of the pointer (113) in the window. The (x, y) coordinates in the upper left corner of the window specify the position of the pointer (丨 1 3) in the window and the position of the pointer (113) is based on the X and Y sleeve A ic * No. 3 window transmitted by the mouse (101) The program receives this mouse message, and uses the information contained in this message to respond to the mouse's activities. -33 This paper standard is universal Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again.) Printed by Zuoshe 308680 A7 B7____ 5. Description of the invention (31) Therefore, all application software executed in conjunction with the mouse (101) receives the sliding information from the queue. The mouse information includes: the X corresponding to the indicator (113) and The information of the y-axis coordinate and the status of the first and second switches (170) and (172). The mouse message also includes an event message, which indicates one of the scroll wheels (106) with the message " WM —MOUSEWHEEL " The amount of rotation, this kind of information has the following or the same applicable format:

WM MOUSEWHEEL zDelta ^ (INT) wParam ; /*滾輪轉動 */ xPos - LOWORD(IParam) ; /*指標(1 1 3)之水平位置 */ yPos = HIWORD(IParam) ; /*指標(1 1 3)之垂直位置 */ zDelta値是參數"wParam"之値,用以指示滚輪(1〇6)所轉 動之轉動距離。以常數WHEEL—DELTA(例如120)的倍數或 分數表示wParam値。如果zDelta値有一小於零的彳直,則滾 輪(106)係以離開滑鼠(101)前端(28)的方向轉動,如果 zDelta有一大於零的値,則滚輪是以朝向前端部分的方向 轉動。變數xPos之値是字組Iparam的低階部分,該變數指 定指標(Π 3)的X軸座標。如上文所述,此座標是相對於視 窗的左上角。變數yPos之値是字組Iparam的高階部分,該 變數指定指標(1 1 3)的Y軸座標。 電腦(1 09)所執行的作業系統、或亦在電腦上執行的滑鼠 (101)驅動常式都可提供滚輪訊息WM_MOUSEWHEEL。 WM —MOUSEWHEEL訊息被放入前景視窗(亦即現有視窗) 之訊息f宁列5 作業系統及電腦(109)所執行的任何應用軟體亦接收放入 -34- 本紙張尺度適财CNS ) A4規格(21GX 297公釐)— -------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印袋 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明(32 ) 訊息佇列之滑鼠訊息,該滑鼠訊息指示滚輪開關(174)被啓 動 rWM MBUTTONDOWN")或未被啓動("WM—MBUTTONUP") 。WM —MBUTTONUP及 WM —MBUTTONDOWN訊息被放入 指標(113)所指示視窗之訊息佇列。指示滾輪開關(174)狀 態的滑鼠訊息連同下列額外資料都被放入訊息佇列:WM MOUSEWHEEL zDelta ^ (INT) wParam; / * Roller rotation * / xPos-LOWORD (IParam); / * Horizontal position of indicator (1 1 3) * / yPos = HIWORD (IParam); / * Index (1 1 3) The vertical position * / zDelta value is the value of the parameter "wParam", which is used to indicate the turning distance of the scroll wheel (106). The wParam value is expressed as a multiple or fraction of the constant WHEEL-DELTA (for example, 120). If the zDelta value has a straightness less than zero, the roller (106) rotates away from the front end (28) of the mouse (101). If the zDelta has a value greater than zero, the roller rotates toward the front end portion. The value of the variable xPos is the low-order part of the word group Iparam. This variable specifies the X-axis coordinate of the index (Π 3). As mentioned above, this coordinate is relative to the upper left corner of the window. The value of the variable yPos is the higher-order part of the word group Iparam. This variable specifies the Y-axis coordinate of the index (1 1 3). The operating system executed by the computer (1 09) or the mouse (101) driver routine also executed on the computer can provide the wheel information WM_MOUSEWHEEL. WM —MOUSEWHEEL message is put into the foreground window (that is, the existing window) message f Ning Lei 5 Any application software executed by the operating system and computer (109) is also accepted into -34- This paper size is suitable for financial CNS) A4 specification (21GX 297mm) — -------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Packed with the printed bag A7 _ B7 of the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of the invention (32) Message Queued mouse message indicating that the wheel switch (174) is activated rWM MBUTTONDOWN ") or not activated (" WM—MBUTTONUP "). The WM —MBUTTONUP and WM —MBUTTONDOWN messages are placed in the message queue of the window indicated by the indicator (113). A mouse message indicating the status of the scroll switch (174) is placed in the message queue along with the following additional data:

WM JvIBUTTONUP fwKeys = wParam : //鍵旗標 xPos - LOWORD(IParam): //游標之水平位置 yPos - HIWORD(IParam): //游標之垂直位置 參數fwKeys指示鍵盤上各鍵或滑鼠(101)上桉紐(11〇)及 (1 12)之狀態。變數fwKeys之値可爲下列各値中之任一値: MK—CONTROL若按壓了鍵盤(116)上的Control键,則設定之。 MK_LBUTTON若第一滑鼠按紐(11〇)被按壓,則設定之。 MK—RBUTTON若第二滑鼠按鈕(112)被按壓,則設定之。 MK SHIFT 若按壓了鍵盤(116)上的Shift键,則設定之。 如將於下文中更詳細説明的,電腦(丨〇9)執行其作業系統 及各種應用软體,該電腦(109)採用X、γ、及z軸電腦信號 、以及第一 ' 第二、與滾輪開關信號(依據上文所述之視 窗訊息)’以便在空間導覽模式下在應用軟體中閲覽一文 件,或在資料導覽模式下閲覽該文件之資料(内容)。首先 將以導覽一試算表文件而説明本發明,然後將以導覽一文 書處理文件而説明本發明。然後將説明其他各實施例之細 節及方法。 請參閲圖4A-4C,圖中參照一試算表應用軟體中之一系 _____ -35 - ^紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) " '~~ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁}WM JvIBUTTONUP fwKeys = wParam: // Key flag xPos-LOWORD (IParam): // Horizontal position of the cursor yPos-HIWORD (IParam): // The vertical position parameter fwKeys of the cursor indicates each key or mouse on the keyboard (101) On the state of (11〇) and (1 12). The value of the variable fwKeys can be any of the following values: MK-CONTROL If the Control key on the keyboard (116) is pressed, it is set. MK_LBUTTON is set if the first mouse button (11〇) is pressed. MK-RBUTTON is set if the second mouse button (112) is pressed. MK SHIFT is set if the Shift key on the keyboard (116) is pressed. As will be explained in more detail below, the computer (丨 〇9) executes its operating system and various application software. The computer (109) uses X, γ, and z-axis computer signals, as well as the first, second, and scroll wheels Switch signal (according to the window information mentioned above) 'to view a document in the application software in the space navigation mode, or to view the data (content) of the document in the data navigation mode. First, the present invention will be explained by navigating a spreadsheet file, and then the present invention will be explained by navigating a document processing file. Then, details and methods of other embodiments will be described. Please refer to Figures 4A-4C. Refer to one of the application software in a spreadsheet. _____ -35-^ The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297mm) " '~~ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(33 ) 列試算表文件實例而示出了文件放大比率的調整。如上文 所述,電私(109)在顯示裝置(112)上顯示出諸如視窗(200) 等一個或多個視窗。視窗(200)包含電腦(1〇9)所執行諸特 定應用軟體的視覺輸出。 請參閲圖4八,視窗(2〇〇)示出在1〇〇〇4放大比率下的一試 算表文件(2〇2)實例,此放大比率反映在縮放文字框(2〇4) 。圖4A所示之試算表文件係由MICROSOFT®EXCEL®所製 作。試算表文件(202)包含分別沿著左端及上端的列及行標 誌符(206)及(208)。在視窗(200)中示出指標(113),且如上 文所述,該指標(1 1 3 )受控於滑鼠(1 〇 1)所產生的X及γ軸電 腦信號》 如果使用者沿著離開滑鼠(1〇1)前端(28)(圖1A)的方向轉 動滚輪(106) —個止回部(155),則滑鼠產生電腦(1〇9)之2 車由电^·ί&號’用以命令電腦將視窗(2〇〇)中所顯示試算表文 件(2 0 2)的尺寸縮小或減小諸如1 5 %等的一個增量。如文字 框(204)中所反映的,圖4Β所示試算表文件(202)之尺寸已 被減小到85%的放大比率。列及行標誌等(2〇6)及(2〇8)同 樣地減小了尺寸。請注意,指標(1丨3 )及視窗(2〇〇)之&寸 並未改變;只有視窗内所顯示的試算表文件(2〇2)有了改變 〇 當使用者繼續沿著離開前端(2 8 )(圖1 Α)的方向轉動滾輪 (1〇6).—個或多個止回部(155)(參閱圖2C>時,試算表文件 (2 0 2)之放大比率繼續減小。如圖4 C所示,試算表文件 (202)已被減小到1 5%的故大比率,這放大比率反映在文字 -36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X 297公釐 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. -aDu Printed by Employees' Consumer Cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 V. Description of Invention (33) An example of a trial balance file is shown to show the adjustment of the file enlargement ratio. As described above, the electronic private (109) displays one or more windows such as a window (200) on the display device (112). The window (200) contains the visual output of specific application software executed by the computer (109). Please refer to FIG. 4 (8). The window (200) shows an example of a spreadsheet file (2〇2) at a magnification ratio of 1004. This magnification ratio is reflected in the zoom text box (2〇4). The spreadsheet file shown in Figure 4A was created by MICROSOFT® EXCEL®. The spreadsheet file (202) includes column and row designators (206) and (208) along the left and upper ends, respectively. The indicator (113) is shown in the window (200), and as mentioned above, the indicator (1 1 3) is controlled by the X and γ axis computer signals generated by the mouse (1 〇1). Rotate the roller (106)-a non-return part (155) in the direction of leaving the front end (28) (Figure 1A) of the mouse (101), then the mouse will generate 2 cars of the computer (1009). No. 'is used to instruct the computer to reduce or reduce the size of the spreadsheet file (202) displayed in the window (200) by an increment such as 15%. As reflected in the text box (204), the size of the spreadsheet file (202) shown in FIG. 4B has been reduced to an enlargement ratio of 85%. The column and row flags (2〇6) and (2〇8) also reduce the size. Please note that the & inch of the index (1 丨 3) and the window (2〇〇) has not changed; only the spreadsheet file (2〇2) displayed in the window has changed. When the user continues to leave the front end (2 8) (Fig. 1 Α) turn the roller (1〇6).-One or more non-return parts (155) (see Fig. 2C>, the magnification ratio of the trial balance file (2 0 2) continues to decrease Small. As shown in Fig. 4C, the spreadsheet file (202) has been reduced to a large ratio of 15%, and this enlargement ratio is reflected in the text -36- This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification ( 210X 297mm (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page).

經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 框(2〇4)中。重要的是,因爲滚輪(106)係以不連續的間隔( 依據止回部(155))爲單位而轉動,且因爲觸覺反鑌盤(148) 將正觸覺反饋提供給每一止回部或增量,所以使用者根據 其對滾輪的轉動,即可以直覺或内感的方式得知放大比率 減小(或增大)的數目。因爲當使用者轉動滾輪(1()6)時可感 覺每一止回部(1 5 5 ),所以使用者可計數止回部的數目,而 且由於知道每一止回部所代表的放大比率變化,所以易於 决疋對滾輪的某一轉動所代表之放大比率變化量。 在1 5°/。的放大比率下,在視窗(2〇〇)内可看到整個試算表 ,但個別單元格内的特定登錄卻是難以辨識的。爲了補償 試算表文件(202)内難以辨識的單元格,將—些標記加入試 算表文件的各部分。例如,形成圖4C所示一個部分(21〇) 的各單元格之左上區對應於每週的分配數。因此,如圖5 所示,在部分(210)上顯示一”评⑼^丫乂丨沉此⑽”的標記, 這標記的顏色可以不同於該部分内資料的顏色,以便使該 標記易於辨識。同樣地,圖4C所示之部分(2Γ2)、(214)、 及(216)分別對應於定價、預算、及敎育値。因此,在圖5 中,部分(212)、(214)、及(2 16)有重疊於各部分上的 "Pricmg”、"Budget1,及"Education,,等標記。 由於使用了這些標記(2 17),所以縱使在文件内各單元格 中之文宇/數目難以辨識,使用者亦可根據這些標記識別 試算表文件(2 0 2)中之所需部分◦使用者然後可將指標(113) 和到武算表文件(2 0 2)的所需部分,並在該部分内選擇一資 料單元格{例如以按要第—按鈕(i 1 〇 )之方式)。使用者然後 -37- ^度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4ίϊ^~|11〇χ 297公釐) ~~~ --- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 1 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A7 _ττ, — 丨丨丨 _Β7________ 五、發明説明(35Τ 一 —~ 可沿著朝向滑鼠(1〇1)前端(28)之方向轉動滾輪(106),而將 攻大比率自15〇/〇(圖4C及5)增加回到100%(圖4Α)。 例如,所選擇的一現用單元格(22〇)係位於圖4Α中行及 列位址爲(Α,1)的最左上方之單元格。使用者可以沿著離 開則端(28)之方向轉動滾輪(1〇6) 一個止回部(155),而將試 算表文件(202)的放大比率減小到如圖4Β所示之85%,以便 閲覽較大部分的試算表文件。請參閲圖6Α,使用者然後可 移動滑鼠<101),因而產生χ&γ軸電腦信號,用以將指標 (1 1 3)移到試算表文件(202)的一個新的位置。使用者利用 諸如按壓第一按鈕(η〇)等習知之技術選擇一個新的資料單 元格,因而使現用單元格(220)落在該新的位置(亦即一個 行及列位址爲(Ζ,15)的單元格)。使用者然後可沿著朝向前 端(28)之方向轉動滾輪(1〇6),而回到如圖6β所示的 之放大比率。 重要的是,現用單元格(220)及指標(113)仍然在所需的 位置上’但試算表文件(202)在1〇〇%的故大比率下是更易 於閲讀了。在提出本發明的電腦系統(1〇〇)之前,使用者通 常利用鍵盤(11 6)上的游標移動鍵或向上換 在整個文件中,此外,如本門技術中== 者亦可利用指標(Π3),而操作一習用技術之捲頁條,或操 作視窗(200)中所顯示可移動文件的水平或垂直捲頁條(218) 或(219)内之捲頁翻動符(221),因而控制可在視窗(2〇〇)中 閲覽文件中的哪-部分。使用者可利用本發明之電腦系統 〇〇〇),而在空間導覽模式下迅速閲讀試算表文件(2〇2), -38 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(2丨0 X Μ公釐)Printed in the frame (204) of the Employees Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Importantly, because the roller (106) rotates at discrete intervals (according to the non-return portion (155)), and because the tactile counter-rotor plate (148) provides positive tactile feedback to each non-return portion or Increment, so the user can know the number of reduction (or increase) of the magnification ratio according to the rotation of the roller, which can be intuitive or inward. Because when the user rotates the scroll wheel (1 () 6), he can feel each non-return part (1 5 5), so the user can count the number of non-return parts, and knowing the magnification ratio represented by each non-return part Change, so it is easy to determine the amount of change in the magnification ratio represented by a certain rotation of the roller. At 15 ° /. Under the magnification ratio, the entire trial balance can be seen in the window (200), but the specific entries in individual cells are difficult to recognize. To compensate for cells that are difficult to identify in the spreadsheet file (202), some tags are added to each part of the spreadsheet file. For example, the upper left area of each cell forming a part (21〇) shown in FIG. 4C corresponds to the number of allocations per week. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 5, a mark of “review⑼ ^ 雅 乂 丨 沉 此 ⑽” is displayed on the part (210), the color of the mark may be different from the color of the data in the part, so that the mark is easy to recognize . Similarly, the parts (2Γ2), (214), and (216) shown in FIG. 4C correspond to pricing, budget, and education value, respectively. Therefore, in FIG. 5, the parts (212), (214), and (216) have marks such as " Pricmg ", " Budget1, &" Education, etc. that overlap each part. Since these are used Mark (2 17), so even if the text / number in each cell in the document is difficult to identify, the user can also identify the required part of the spreadsheet file (202) according to these marks. The user can then change The indicator (113) and the required part to the martial arts table file (202), and select a data cell in this part {for example, by pressing the first button (i 1 〇)). The user then -37- ^ Applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Α4ίϊ ^ ~ | 11〇χ 297 mm) ~~~ --- (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Install · 1 Central Bureau of Standards Employee Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 _ττ, — 丨 丨 丨 _Β7 ________ V. Description of the invention (35Τ 一 — ~ You can turn the roller (106) in the direction toward the front end (28) of the mouse (1〇1), which will attack the big The ratio increases from 15〇 / 〇 (Figures 4C and 5) back to 100% (Figure 4A). For example, a selected active cell ( 22〇) is located in the upper left cell of row and column address (Α, 1) in FIG. 4Α. The user can turn the wheel (1〇6) in the direction away from the end (28) a non-return part (155), and the magnification ratio of the trial balance file (202) is reduced to 85% as shown in FIG. 4B, in order to view a larger part of the spreadsheet file. Please refer to FIG. 6Α, the user can then slide Mouse < 101), thus generating a χ & γ axis computer signal for moving the indicator (1 1 3) to a new position in the spreadsheet file (202). The user uses, for example, pressing the first button (η〇) Select a new data cell by conventional techniques, so that the current cell (220) falls in the new location (that is, a cell with row and column addresses (Z, 15). The user can then Turn the scroll wheel (106) in the direction towards the front end (28) and return to the magnification ratio shown in Figure 6β. Importantly, the active cell (220) and indicator (113) are still at the desired Position ', but the trial balance file (202) is easier to read at a large ratio of 100%. Before the computer system (100〇), users usually use the cursor movement keys on the keyboard (11 6) or change up in the entire file. In addition, as in this technology == people can also use the indicator (Π3), and Operate the page scroll bar of a conventional technology, or operate the horizontal or vertical page scroll bar (218) or (219) of the movable document displayed in the window (200), so the control can be in the window (2〇〇) to read which part of the document. Users can use the computer system of the present invention), and quickly read the spreadsheet file (2〇2) in the space navigation mode, -38-This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (2 丨0 X Μmm)

(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(36 ) 而無須用到鍵盤(116)上的游標移動鍵及向上換頁/向下換 頁鍵,且無須用到水平或垂直捲頁條(2 1 8)或(2 19)。 在本發明的另一導覽實施例中,電腦系統(1 〇〇)提供了以 資料導覽模式閲讀一文件’其方式爲在一包含被分類成高 階類目的資料之文件中,閲覽該文件中各種層級的資料。 此實施例、及此處所述的所有其他實施例及作業模式都大 致類似於前文所述之實施例,並以相同的代號表示共同的 要素及步驟。因而只詳述在構造、材料 '或作業上明顯不 同之處。 請參閱圖7A,視窗(200)包含另一試算表文件(23〇),該 試算表文件(230)示出”Revenue”的總計値。請注意,視窗 (200)只示出試算表文件(230)的列1及列1267-1289。當使 用者沿著朝向前端(28)的方向轉動滾輪(1〇6)—個止回部 (155),且最好也同時按壓键盤(116)上諸如一移位鍵等特 殊功能鍵時,電腦(109)在視窗(200)上顯示各件1990-1994 之年度總數、及由各年度總數所產生的總計,如圖7B所示 。請注意,在視窗(200)中只示出試算表文件(230)的列1、 254、507、760、1013、及 1266-1284。因此,對於試算表 文件(230)内按照階層配置的所有資料而言,轉動滾輪(1 〇6) 一個止回部(1 5 5)時,將使視窗(200)所示的細節量增加一 個層級。 使用者可選擇一個單元格,使該單元袼成爲現用單元格 (220),洌如1993年的年度總數(行及列位址爲(G, ;[ 〇13)。 使用者然後沿著朝向前端(2 8)的方向轉動滾輪(1 〇6)(兩個 -39 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210'x 297公釐) _ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 3〇^68〇 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(37 ) 止回部(155)),使電腦(109)爲試算表文件(230)中之資料顯 示兩個層級的增加細節;此時電腦首先顯示1 993年的每月 總計(第一個止回部(1 5 5 )),然後顯示North、South、East 、West等四個位置之總數(第二個止回部(155)),如圖7C所 示。當使用者向上捲頁(將於下文中説明)通過各個每月總 計時’可選擇一單元格,使該單元格成爲登錄—月West區 總數的現用單元格(220)(行及列位址爲(G,780)),如圖7D 所示。使用者然後可沿著朝向前端(28)的方向轉動滚輪 (106)—個以上的止回部(155),使電腦(1〇9)顯示West區按 照產品則及服務別(,,Airp丨ane"、"Helicopter1,、"Engine" ' 及’’Training")的1993年1月銷售總値,如圖7E所示。 在圖7A-7E的一系列説明中,當使用者轉動滚輪(1〇6)時 ,使用者可迅速地自閲覽總計(圖7A)移到閲覽一特定月份 中一特定區域的產品別收益(圖7E) 3因此,使用者只要轉 動滑鼠(101)上的滾輪(106),即可閲覽趨勢、資料的組織 、及試算表文件中的其他重要資訊。一般而言,當資料被 分類成階層結構或高階類目時,亦即當一資科集合在其内 部有若干資料子集時,即可使用資料導覽。使用者只要轉 動滚輪(106) ’即可隱藏一文件中之細節,並移到該文件的 一較高階内容。使滾輪(106)轉動每一個止回部(155)時, 即相當於以改變一階的資料階層結構而改變並顯示資料 總體而言’此種在資料導覽及空間導覽模式下閲覽—試算 表文件4方式,同樣適用於其他的文件,例如由文聿處理 應用軟體所製作的文書處理文件3 -40 - 本紙張尺丨巾關CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 一 '〜一 II _, 訂 { •- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A7 ______B7 .............. — ____ 五、發明説明(33 ) 請參閲圖8A-8C,圖中示出以空間導覽模式閲覽一由 MICROSOFT® WORD®文書處理應用軟體製作的例示文書 處理文件(260)。當使用者沿著離開前端(28)的方向轉動滾 輪(106)時,文件(260)的放大比率自1〇〇%(圖8A)改變成 4 5 /〇(圖8 B) ’再改變成I 5 %(圖8 C),在放大比率爲1 5 %時大 約有該文件中的六頁同時顯示在顯示裝置(112)的視窗(2〇〇) 上。並由一水平處線分隔圖8C:中的每一頁。在一替代實施 例中,如圖9A及9B所示,只要轉動滚輪(1〇6),即可在視 窗(200)將另一文書處理文件(27〇)的尺寸自1〇〇%的放大比 率(圖9A)改變成15%的故大比率(圖9B)。請注意,如圖 所示’文件(270)的各頁被配置成兩列及四行的版面編排, 因而可在視窗(200)中顯示比圖8C所示實施例更多數目的 頁°不論在哪一個實施例,使用者都可易於在文件中移動 ,其方式爲在一縮小尺寸的文書處理文件(圖8(:或9則内將 指標(1 13)移到一所需部分,再選擇該部分,然後沿著朝向 前端(28)的方向轉動滾輪(106),以便將放大比率增大回到 100% ’但此時仍然在文件的該所需部分。 電腦系統(1 00)可以同樣的方式在文書處理文件(27〇)中 執行資料導覽.例如,使用者可沿著離開前端(28)的方向 轉動滚輪(106)—個止回部(155),而命令電腦(丨〇9)自在顯 示装置(1 1 2)上顯示文件(270)的詳細文件(圖9 A)改變成顯 示又件之.網要(如圖1() a所示):使用者然後可沿著離開前 端(28)的方向轉動滾輪(1〇6)另一饲止回邵(155),而命令電 腦自顯示文件(270)之網要改變成顯示文件之簡縮網要(如 -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(21 〇 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝_ 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ________B7 五、發明説明(39 ) 圖10B所示)。 除了增大及減小放大比率(”縮故,,)而以空間導覽模式閲 覽文件之外’電腦系統(100)亦可提供替代的空間導覽實施 例或模式,例如:(1)畫面移動、(ii)自動捲頁' (Hi)滾輪捲 頁、及(iv)捲頁條棬頁。下文中將分別説明每一種此類空 間導覽模式。 請參閲圖1 1A,本發明之第二替代實施例可讓電腦系統 (100)易於對一諸如文書處理文件(28〇)等文件捲頁,而無 須使用垂直捲頁條(219)。當使用者按|滾輪(1〇6)而啓動 滾輪(1 06)時,所產生的開關信號命令電腦(丨〇9)進入畫面 移動模式=在畫面移動模式下,電腦(1〇9)首先在視窗(2〇〇) 内指標(11 3)所在的位置上顯示一起源符號(282)。如圖1 1 a 所示,起源符號(282)包含其間被一點分隔的向上及向下指 向三角形。使用者然後沿著朝向或離開該使用者的方向移 動或滑動滑鼠(10 1),並同時按壓並保持滾輪開關(i 74), 使球體(1 19)轉動,並產生X及γ軸電腦信號,且將該X及γ 軸電W仏號輸入電腦(109)。電腦(1〇9)回應此X及γ轴電腦 枱號,視所接收之Y抽電腦信號爲何而在顯示裝置(〖1 2)上 沿著向上或向下之方向移動指標(1丨3)。指標(u 3)自前面 各圖所示之箭頭改變成一個三角形及一點,且該三角形指 向Y軸電腦信號所指示的方向s文書處理文件(28〇)然後沿 著所指不之方向開始捲f或移動畫面,並繼續如此移動畫 面,直到使用者放開滾輪並因而放開滚輪開關(丨74)爲止。 例如,如果使用者沿著朝向該使用者的方向移動滑鼠, -42- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS ) A4規格(210><297公釐) ^ -裝 ^ 訂 | ·* (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 3〇868〇 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(40 ) 則指標(113)變成-具有—點於其上的向下指向三角形,如 圖11A所示。文書處理文件(28〇)然後沿著向下指向的指標 (1 13)之方向向下移動畫面。文書處理文件(28〇)向下移動 畫面的速度可能與起源符號(282)及指標(113)間之距離成 指數之比率,將於下文中更詳細説明之。如果使用者然後 沿著離開該使用者之方向移動滑鼠(1〇1),則指標⑴3)將 回到-較接近起源符號(282)之位置,如此將使畫面移動的 速率降低。因此,使用者可按|並保持滾輪(1〇6)而啓動滾 輪開關(174),並沿著該使用者希望文件捲頁所需之方向移動滑 鼠(101),因而可沿著所需方向使文件之畫面移動,而無須 依賴垂直捲頁條(219)。此外,使用者可移動滑鼠(1〇1)而 調整在視窗(200)内文件畫面移動之速率,因而使指標 移得更接近或遠離起源符號(282)。 空間導覽的畫面移動模式同樣適用於其他的應用軟體, 例如試算表應用軟體。請參閲圖11B,試算表文件(2〇2)具 有一個二維區域,因而擴充畫面移動模式,讓畫面移動不 只發生在垂直方向’而且也可發生在水平及對角線方向。 因此’試算表文件(202)中之起源符號(282)包括左及右向 三角形、以及上及下向三角形。電腦(1〇9)分析又及γ軸電 腦信號’以便依據滑鼠(101)之移動而決定開始時之畫面移 動方向,電腦(109)分析X及Υ軸電腦信號,而依據此種信 號讓試算表文件(202)沿著上、下、左、右、以及對角線方 向捲頁3因此,如圖丨1 β所示,當使用者沿著朝向自己及 右方的方向移動滑鼠(1 0 1)時,指標(1 13)變成一個指向不 43 - 本紙掁尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐〉 --------1 裝-- · (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -s ---f------ .m cl · • I - 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 --1---一- B7 五 '—' —— 万及右方(亦即"東南方”)之三負形。試算表文件(202)然後 開始沿著東南方向移動畫面。畫面移動速率係取決於指標 (113)與起源符號(282)間之距離。試算表文件(2〇2)繼續移 動面,直到使用者放開滾輪(丨〇6)且停止啓動滾輪開關 (174)爲止。 請參閲圖1 2 A,當使用者按壓並放開滾輪(〖〇6)因而簡單 地啓動或"點放”滚輪開關(17 4)時,即可啓動空間導覽的自 動捲頁模式。電腦(109)回應滾輪開關(〖74)的點放,而顯 不一垂直捲頁條(219’),沿著該垂直捲頁條(219,)長度部分 的中央處有一標誌或起源符號(284)。指標(1 13)也是在垂 直捲頁條(21 9’)内移動,並被定位在起源符號(284)之上或 鄰近。使用者然後移動滑鼠(1 〇 1 ),因而產生γ軸電腦信號 ,以便在垂直捲頁條(2 19’)内移動指標(丨丨3)。將指標(丨丄3) 自起源符號(284)向下移動時,將使圖a所示之文書處理 文件(280)在視窗(200)内向上捲頁,反之亦然。 如同在畫面移動模式中,指標(1 13)距離中央起源符號 (2 84)愈遠,文書處理文件(280)自動且連續向上或向下(視 指標(Π 3)被移到起源符號(284)之上或之下而定)捲頁的速 率愈快。電腦(109)亦可在自起源符號(284)向上及向下的 方向上,以漸減之色度或灰階設定垂直捲頁條(2 19,)之背 景陰影3顏色或陰影之漸層(gradation)可讓使用者更準確 地將指標(113)設定在垂直棬頁條(219,)上的一位置,因而 可獲得比未採用此種陰影者更符合需要的自動捲頁速度。 只要啓動滾輪開關(1 7 4) —次,並沿著一起始想要捲頁的 -44 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家棣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ---T-衣--- 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ^〇86sq Μ —----—_ B7 (42 ) ' -— 方向移動滑鼠(101),即可讓使用者建立一個可連續閲讀一 又件的自動且連續捲頁的速率,其中該文件係在視窗(200) 内向上(或向下)捲頁。一旦電腦(109)起動了自動捲頁模式 ,即無須使用者施加鏔外的輸入,因而使用者於閲讀—文 件時可以其雙手執行其他的工作。因此,可將自動捲頁模 式稱爲••自動閲讀模式,’。 當使用者按壓鍵盤(116)上的任一鍵、或滑鼠(1〇1)上諸 如第一或.第二按紐(110)或(H2)等按紐時,自動捲頁模式 即被終止。移動滑鼠(1〇1)可調整速度。當使用者沿著相反 的方向移動滑鼠(101),使指標(113)回到起源符號(284)時 ,連續的捲頁速度將回復到零。自動捲頁模式實施例尤其 適用於殘障的使用者。 自動捲頁模式可適用於試算表文件等其他的文件。雖然 並未示出一試算表文件,但在一試算表文件内,根據滑鼠 (101)自起源符號(284)移動的方向,該自動捲頁模式可讓 使用者自動且連續作垂直或水平方向的捲頁。在一試算表 文件内,水平及垂直捲頁條(218)及(219)都包含起源符號 (284)。 在空間導覽的一''手動”捲頁模式(亦即”滾輪捲頁”)中,使 用者可轉動滾輪(106)而使一文件捲頁,此時每一止回部 (1 5 5)對應於諸如文書處理文件的兩行文字。因此,請再參 閲圖9 Λ,使用者可沿著朝向前端(2 8)的方向轉動滚輪,使 每前進一止回部(1 55)時文書處理文件(280)中的兩行文字 向上捲動,並出現在視窗(200)的底部。因此,使用者無須 -45- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4現格(210X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •裝· 丁 、-=5 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 S〇S68〇 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明(43 ) 使用鍵盤(116)上的游標移動鍵或向上換頁/向下換頁鍵、 或垂直捲頁條(219)。此外,指標(1 13)停留在現有的位置 上(假設使用者於轉動滾輪(106)時並未移動滑鼠(101))。 現在請參閲圖12B,捲頁條模式可讓使用者按壓滾輪 (1 06),並同時按蜃鍵盤(1 1 6)上的控制鍵,以便利用水平 及垂直捲頁條(218)及(219)使一文件捲頁。在按壓並保持 滚輪(106)、及鍵盤(116)上的控制鍵之後,當使用者沿著 想要的捲頁方向移動滑鼠(10 1)時,水平或垂直捲頁條(218) 及(2 1 9)中對應的捲頁翻動符(22 1)即以對應於滑鼠移動的 方式移動。因此,如果使用者按墨滾輪(1 06),再按壓控制 鍵,且隨即向下(朝著使用者)移動滑鼠(1 〇 1)時,則指標 (113)跳到垂直捲頁條(2 19)中之捲頁翻動符(221),且該捲 頁翻動符向下移動。文書處理文件(280)回應於而向上捲頁 。在使用者放開控制鍵之後,指標(1 1 3 )跳回到起動捲頁條 模式之箣該指標(113)在視窗(200)内的原始位置。雖然圖 12B中並未示出’但視窗(200)於空間導覽的捲頁條模式中 無須顯示水平殳垂直捲頁條(2 1 8)及(2 1 9) » 請麥閲圖1 3 ’ 一流程圖示出於閲覽一文書處理應用软體 中之一文書處理文件時在本發明的一常式(3〇0)之下所執行 的主要步驟。根據圖1 3及本文所提供之詳細説明,熟悉本 門技術者可易於發展出用於執行本發明之原始碼。此外, 熟悉本門技術者可易於修改並結合圖1 3所示之常式,以供 試算表應用軟體、簡報應用軟體、時間管理應用軟體等其 他的電腦應用敕體: ' -46 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210x 297公釐) :*^^1 nn m ___ / MU1-^^1 ____ ____ _ _/ - m ^n· tm ^^—^1 —.^ϋ t^^i— β^ϋ 1— tm· n^n-n^iB ^m— 11^ I 令 i - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(44 ) 常式(300)開始於步驟(302),此時電腦(109)決定滚輪開 關(174)是否被啓動。如果滚輪開關(丨74)並未被啓動,則 在步驟(304)中電腦(109)決定滾輪(1〇6)是否被啓動,並因 而決定電腦是否已接收到了 Z軸電腦信號。如果並未接收 到Z抽電腦信號,則由步驟_ (304)回到步碟(302)。若接收到 了 Z袖位置信號,則在步驟(306)中電腦(109)搜集這些Z軸 信號,以便用前文所述之方式決定滚輪(丨06)之轉動量及方 向0 在步驟(308)中,電腦(109)決定鍵盤(116)上的移位鍵是 否被按譽。如果移位鍵被按壓,則在步骤(3 1 〇)中電腦(1 09) 進入上述的資料導覽模式。電腦(109)根據滾輪(106)之轉 動量及方向而決定顯示在顯示裝置(1 12)上的文件資料(内 容)之層級量。換言之,電腦(109)決定滚輪(106)已經轉動 了多少個止回部(1 55),從而決定所要顯示或抑制文件的階 層資料結構之層級數。 如果於步驟(308)中並未在键盤(1 16)上按壓移位键,則 在步驟(312)中電腦(109)決定是否在鍵盤(116)上按壓了控 制鍵。如果於步驟(3 1 2)中並未在鍵盤(1 1 6)上按#控制鍵 ,則在步驟(3 14)中電腦(109)進入捲頁模式。電腦(109)根 據滾輪(1 06)之轉動量及方向,而在視窗(200)内使文書處 理文件向上或向下捲買。 如果於步驟(31 2)中在鍵盤(1 16)上按壓了控制鍵,則於 步驟(3 1 6)中電腦(1 09)進入空間導覽模式,並根據滾輪 (106)之轉動量及方向而決定一故大比率(縮故)量。電腦 -47 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4C格(210 X297公釐) --------^-裝----- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ,ιτ B7 五、發明説明(45 ) (109)然後於步驟(318)中決定顯示裝置(112)上的文件是否 易於閲请。如果文件是易於閲讀的,則於步驟(320)中電腦 (109)自記憶體(1 U)擷取適當的資料,並在顯示裝置(丨12) 上顯不新尺寸的文件。洌如,如果現有的放大比率被設定 在100%,且使用者沿著朝向前端(2 8)的方向轉動滾輪兩個 止回部(155),則於步驟(3 16)中電腦(109)決定使用者希望 放大比率層級增加兩個層級(亦即3〇%)。在步驟(3 i 8)中, 電腦(109)決定顯示裝置(1 1 2)上的文件仍是易於閲讀的(因 而無須連同文件顯示任何標記(217))。因此,在步驟(32〇) 中,電腦(109)將文件的放大比率增加30%而到i3〇0/〇。 經濟部中央標準局貞工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如果於步驟(3 1 8)中文件並不是易於閲讀的,則於步驟 (3 22)中電腦(1 09)擴取將連同文件一起顯示的任何通當的 標記,例如圖5所示之条標記(21 7)。例如,如果現有的放 大L率被设定在100%,且當使用者沿著進離開前端(28)的 方向轉動滾輪四個止回部(155)時,則於步驟(3 16)中電腦 (109)決定使用者希望放大比率層級減少四個層級(亦即 60〇/〇)。於步驟(3 18)中,電腦(1〇9)決定顯示裝置(112)上的 文件並非是易於閱讀的,因此於步驟(322)中將文件的放大 比率減少60%到40%,並在文件的各部分上顯示適當的標 1己。這些標記代表文件内所含的資料,亦即這些標記是描 逑離以辨識的資料之較高層構想, '驟(3 2 2)中’電腦j (10 9)亦可適當地將文件定位於顯 示裝置(112)上。因此,如圖9:6所示,當電腦(1〇9)決定文 件内的資料不再是易於閲讀時(例如放大比率低於6〇%), -48 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210><297公董)----- A7 A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 Β7 五、發明説明(46 ) 電骝在視窗(200)中顯示配置成N列及Μ行畫面的多個頁。 電腦(109)於步驟(322)中可對視窗(200)内顯示的文件執 行其他的調整,以便改善文件的易讀性。例如,如果此文 件疋一試算表文件’且放大比率被減少到低於6 0 則若 網格線是黑色時電腦(109)可隱藏文件内的此種網格線(如 圖7Α-7Ε所示),使此種網格線消失(如圖4A_4C所示)。因 此,當試算表文件被縮小到低於60%的放大比率時,網格 線不會使所顯示的文件成爲干擾視覺的灰色區域。電腦 (1 09)可在一縮小的試算表文件中,於各行或各列資科所共 用的公式附近畫出一條灰色邊界,電腦同時在此文件中命 名標題附近畫出一黑色邊界。可在一被縮小成低於6〇%放 大比率的文書處理文件中,顯示該文書處理文件中各表及 清單I邊界,但是只能以灰階色調顯示這些表及清單内之 文字。 步驟(320)也接在步驟(310)之後,因此,電腦(1〇9)自記 憶體(114)擷取適當的資料,並在顯示裝置(112)上顯示該 文件的新内容。因此,在步驟(3 10)之後,如果沿著離開前 端(28)的方向轉動滾輪一個止回部(155),且視窗(2〇〇)目前 正顯示文書處理文件的詳細文字時,則電腦(丨〇9)於步驟 (3 10)中決定使用者想要顯示文件中次—較高層級組織的資 料。因此,於步驟(320)中電腦(109)自記憶體(114)擷取該 文件的詳細綱要。於步驟(320)中,如果詳細綱要大於視窗 (200)的&寸,則電腦(1〇9)亦選擇詳細綱要的適當部分, 在視窗(200)中顯示。 -49 - -- - ! I— i m In HI K i 1 ί I 11 / mi I i - ^14 - -- a l i i tin ^ —0¾ 、v-口 f-w *· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 太紙浪尺度適用中國國家德盘/ 、A 曰切 I Λ 1 Λ -\t\n .ν Λ/k t - * 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ____B7 五、發明説明(47 ) 如果於步驟(302)中啓動了滾輪開關(174),則電腦(1〇9) 於步驟(324)中決定是否正在連續按壓此滾輪開關。如果滾 輪開關(174)正在被連續按塵,則於步驟(325)中電腦(109) 決定鍵盤(1 1 6)上的控制键是否被按壓。如果並未按壓控制 鍵,則於步驟(326)中電腦(109)進入畫面移動模式,並在 視窗(200)内的指標(113)位置上顯示起源符號(282)(圖11A) 。於步驟(328)中’電腦(109)根據滑鼠(1〇1)之移動及球體 (1 19)之轉動而搜集X及γ軸電腦信號。於步驟(33〇)中,電 腦(1 09)根據X及γ軸電腦信號而決定滑鼠(丨〇丨)之一預選方 位或起始方向(例如圖丨1A所示實例之向下方向)。於步驟 (330)中,電腦(1〇9)持續擷取文件的適當部分,以便根據X 及γ軸電腦信號(亦即使用者所選擇的滑鼠方向)而移動畫 面並顯示在顯示裝置(U2)上。電腦(109)亦根據起源符號 (2 82)與指標(113)目前所在位置間之距離而決定所需之畫 面移動速度,將於下文中説明其中情形。於步驟(330)中繼 續移動畫面,直到使用者放開滾輪開關(丨74)爲止。 如果於步驟(324)中並未連續按壓滚輪開關(174),則電 锻(1 09)於步驟(3 3 2)中根據滑鼠(1 〇 1)之移動而搜集X及Y軸 電腦信號。然後於步驟(336)中,電腦(1 〇9)進入自動捲頁 模式於步驟(336)中,電辎(1〇9)持續擷取文件的適當部 分’以便根據X及γ軸電腦信號以及速度而在顯示裝置(丨12) 上捲頁並顯示該等適當部分。電腦(1〇9)根據垂直捲頁绦 (2 19’)(圖12A)上起源符號(284)與指標(1 13)目前所在位置 間之距離’而決定所需之自動捲頁速度,將於下文中説明 -50 - 國家標準(格—(210χ 297·)-—- ^ —裝 „ r 訂-J·^ -» (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 B7 五、發明説明(48 ) 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 其中情形。 如果於步驟(324)中正持續按壓滾輪開關(1 74),且於步 驟(335)中持續按壓控制鍵’則於步驟(338)中電腦(1〇9)根 據滑鼠(10 1)之移動而搜集X及γ軸電腦信號。然後在步驟 (339)中’電腦(109)進入捲頁條模式(圖12B)。電腦(1〇9)決 定文件所需捲頁之方向,並在水平或垂直捲頁條(218)或 (2 19)上將指標(11 3 )疋位在適當的捲頁翻動符(2 2 1)上。電 腦(1〇9)然後根據步驟(338)爲指標(1 13)及捲頁翻動符(221) 的位置所搜集之X及Y軸電腦信號,而持續擷取文件的適 當部分’以便在顯示裝置(1 1 2)上捲頁並顯示這些適當的部 分0 常式(300)可在步驟(328)、(332)、及(或)(338)中搜集Z軸 電腦信號。因此’電腦(109)並非根據滑鼠移動,而 係根據滾輪(106)之轉動,決定畫面移動、自動捲頁、及捲 頁條棬頁之所需速度及方向。 對於里間導覽而言,常式(3〇〇)在步驟(3 14)、(3 16)、 (320)、及(336)中採用或呼叫用於在顯示裝置(112)上移動 、縮故、及重新繪製文件影像之已知次常式。對於每一止 回部而言,係在捲頁、畫面移動、自動捲頁、及棬頁條捲 頁模式中移動一個或多個在邏輯上相鄰的像素線或文字等 資料群。電腦(109)中可採用視訊處理器、視訊記憶體、及 其他的硬體,以便在顯示裝置㈠丨2)上加速文件影像的此種 移動 '縮故、及重新續·製。 在常式(300)的步驟(3 10)中,電腦(109)必須根據滚輪 51 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21()>< 297公竣) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝· 訂 Λ A7 五、發明説明(49 (1〇6)之轉動量及方向而決宅所I翻_, 疋所要顯不又件的資料量或層級 。如果指標(113)已選擇單—項 Λ , i I # μ - k、 项目(例如—試算表文件中之 讀: 先I I | % 之I 注 I 意 事I 項 一J 再 $ I I裝 页! -心格)’且當使用者沿著離開前端(28)的方向 轉動滾輪(1。6)時,則常式⑽)執行—,,HideDetaii,.次常式 ,用以隱藏所選擇項目的任何較伋厝 J1』恶:低層級心細節,因而在顯 示裝置(U2)上只顯示較高層級的资 · 々及的貧科。執行,Hide Detail" 次常式的高階虛擬碼指令如下所示:(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A7 ______B7 printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Invention description (36) without using the cursor movement keys on the keyboard (116) and page up / down Page down key without using horizontal or vertical scroll bar (2 1 8) or (2 19). In another navigation embodiment of the present invention, the computer system (100) provides reading a document in the data navigation mode 'by reading the document in a document containing information classified into high-level categories. Various levels of information in the file. This embodiment, as well as all other embodiments and operating modes described herein, are substantially similar to the previously described embodiments, and the same code designates common elements and steps. Therefore, only the obvious differences in construction, materials and operations are detailed. Referring to FIG. 7A, the window (200) contains another spreadsheet file (23〇), and the spreadsheet file (230) shows the total value of "Revenue". Please note that the window (200) only shows column 1 and columns 1267-1289 of the spreadsheet file (230). When the user rotates the scroll wheel (106), a non-return portion (155) in the direction toward the front end (28), and preferably also simultaneously presses a special function key such as a shift key on the keyboard (116) , The computer (109) displays the total number of each year of 1990-1994 on the window (200), and the total generated by the total number of each year, as shown in FIG. 7B. Please note that only the columns 1, 254, 507, 760, 1013, and 1266-1284 of the spreadsheet file (230) are shown in the window (200). Therefore, for all the data arranged in layers in the spreadsheet file (230), turning the scroll wheel (1 〇6) to a non-return part (1 5 5) will increase the amount of detail shown in the window (200) by one Level. The user can select a cell to make the cell into an active cell (220), like the 1993 annual total (the row and column addresses are (G,; [〇13). The user then moves toward the front (2 8) turn the roller (1 〇6) (two-39-the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210'x 297mm) _ (please read the precautions on the back before filling in This page) Binding · Order 3〇 ^ 68〇 The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau employee consumer cooperative printed Α7 Β7 5. Invention description (37) Non-return department (155)), make the computer (109) as a spreadsheet file (230) The data in shows the added details of the two levels; at this time, the computer first displays the monthly total of 1 993 (the first non-return part (1 5 5)), and then displays the four positions of North, South, East, West, etc. The total number (the second non-return part (155)) is shown in Figure 7C. When the user scrolls up the page (to be described below) through each monthly total, 'select a cell to make the cell Become the active cell (220) (the row and column address is (G, 780)) of the total number of the West zone of the login-month, as shown in Figure 7D The user can then turn the roller (106) more than one non-return portion (155) in the direction toward the front end (28), so that the computer (109) displays the West zone according to the product and service type (, , Airpane [quote], " Helicopter1, " Engine ", and "Training ") 's total sales value in January 1993, as shown in Figure 7E. In the series of explanations in Figures 7A-7E, when used When the user rotates the scroll wheel (106), the user can quickly move from viewing the total (Figure 7A) to viewing the product revenue of a specific area in a specific month (Figure 7E). 3 Therefore, the user only needs to rotate the slide Use the scroll wheel (106) on the mouse (101) to view trends, data organization, and other important information in the spreadsheet file. Generally speaking, when the data is classified into a hierarchical structure or high-level category, that is When a resource collection has several data subsets in it, you can use the data navigation. The user can hide the details in a document by moving the scroll wheel (106) 'and move to a higher-level content of the document When the roller (106) rotates each check portion (155), the phase In order to change and display the data by changing the first-order data hierarchy structure, generally speaking, this method of viewing in the data navigation and space navigation mode—Trial Balance Document 4 is also applicable to other documents, such as by Wen Yu Handle word processing documents created by application software 3 -40-This paper ruler Shunguan CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) One '~ One II _, order {•-(please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) Printed and printed A7 ______B7 .................... — — ____ V. Description of invention (33) Please refer to Figures 8A-8C. Space navigation mode to view an example word processing document (260) created by MICROSOFT® WORD® word processing application software. When the user rotates the roller (106) in the direction away from the front end (28), the magnification ratio of the document (260) changes from 100% (Figure 8A) to 4 5 / 〇 (Figure 8 B) 'and then changes to I 5% (FIG. 8C), when the enlargement ratio is 15%, approximately six pages in the document are simultaneously displayed on the window (200) of the display device (112). A horizontal line separates each page in Figure 8C :. In an alternative embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, as long as the scroll wheel (106) is rotated, the size of another word processing document (27〇) can be enlarged from 100% in the window (200) The ratio (Figure 9A) is changed to 15% of the larger ratio (Figure 9B). Please note that as shown in the figure, each page of the document (270) is arranged in a layout of two columns and four rows, so that a larger number of pages can be displayed in the window (200) than the embodiment shown in FIG. 8C. In either embodiment, the user can easily move through the document in a reduced-size word processing document (Figure 8 (: or 9), move the indicator (1 13) to a desired part, and then Select the part, and then turn the wheel (106) in the direction toward the front end (28) to increase the magnification ratio back to 100% 'but still at the desired part of the file at this time. Computer system (100) can The data navigation is performed in the word processing file (27〇) in the same way. For example, the user can turn the scroll wheel (106) —a non-return part (155) in the direction away from the front end (28), and order the computer (丨〇9) The detailed file (270A) of the file (270) displayed on the self-display device (112) is changed to display another piece. The network essentials (as shown in FIG. 1 (a)): the user can then follow Rotate the roller (10〇6) in the direction away from the front end (28) and feed another check back (155), and command the power The net from the display file (270) should be changed to the condensed net of the display file (such as -41-the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 〇X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back (Fill in this page again.) Appearance _ Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Standard Falcon Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative A7 ________B7 V. Description of the invention (39) shown in Figure 10B). In addition to increasing and decreasing the magnification ratio In addition to viewing documents in the space navigation mode, the computer system (100) can also provide alternative space navigation embodiments or modes, such as: (1) screen movement, (ii) automatic page scrolling (Hi) scroll wheel scrolling , And (iv) scrolling pages. Each of these spatial navigation modes will be explained separately below. Please refer to FIG. 11A, the second alternative embodiment of the present invention allows the computer system (100) to be easily aligned. File scrolling, such as word processing documents (28〇), without the use of vertical scrolling bars (219). When the user presses the | wheel (106) to activate the wheel (106), the generated switch signal commands Computer (丨 〇9) enter the screen movement mode = in the screen movement mode , The computer (1〇9) first displays a source symbol (282) at the position of the indicator (11 3) in the window (2〇〇). As shown in FIG. 1 1 a, the origin symbol (282) contains a point in between The separated upward and downward pointing triangles. The user then moves or slides the mouse (10 1) in the direction towards or away from the user, and simultaneously presses and holds the scroll switch (i 74) to make the ball (1 19) Rotate and generate X and γ axis computer signals, and input the X and γ axis electrical signals into the computer (109). The computer (109) responds to the X and γ axis computer numbers, depending on the received Y pump Why the computer signal moves the indicator (1 丨 3) in the upward or downward direction on the display device (〖1 2). The indicator (u 3) changes from the arrow shown in the previous figures to a triangle and a point, and the triangle points in the direction indicated by the Y-axis computer signal s word processing file (28〇) and then starts to roll in the direction indicated f or move the picture, and continue to move the picture in this way until the user releases the scroll wheel and thus releases the scroll switch (丨 74). For example, if the user moves the mouse in the direction toward the user, -42- This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 > < 297mm) ^ -Binding ^ Order | * (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 3〇868〇A7 Printed by the Consumer Consultative Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Instructions (40) The indicator (113) becomes -has- Point downward to the triangle, as shown in Figure 11A. The word processing document (28〇) then moves down the screen in the direction of the pointer (1 13) pointing downwards. The word processing file (28〇) moves down. The speed of the screen may be exponentially proportional to the distance between the origin symbol (282) and the indicator (113), which will be explained in more detail below. If the user then moves the mouse (101) in the direction away from the user, the indicator (1) 3) will return to a position closer to the origin symbol (282), which will reduce the rate of screen movement. Therefore, the user can press | and hold the scroll wheel (106) to activate the scroll switch (174), and move the mouse (101) in the direction that the user wants to scroll the document, so that it can move along the desired direction Orientation moves the screen of the document without relying on the vertical scroll bar (219). In addition, the user can move the mouse (101) to adjust the rate at which the document screen moves in the window (200), thereby moving the pointer closer to or away from the origin symbol (282). The screen movement mode of space navigation is also applicable to other application software, such as spreadsheet application software. Please refer to Fig. 11B, the spreadsheet file (2〇2) has a two-dimensional area, thus expanding the screen movement mode so that the screen movement not only occurs in the vertical direction 'but also in the horizontal and diagonal directions. Therefore, the origin symbol (282) in the spreadsheet file (202) includes left and right triangles, and up and down triangles. The computer (109) analyzes the γ-axis computer signal to determine the screen movement direction at the beginning according to the movement of the mouse (101), and the computer (109) analyzes the X and Υ-axis computer signals, and based on this signal The spreadsheet file (202) scrolls 3 in the up, down, left, right, and diagonal directions. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 1 β, when the user moves the mouse in the direction toward himself and the right ( 1 0 1), the indicator (1 13) becomes a point not 43-the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210Χ297mm> -------- 1 installed-· (please first Read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) -s --- f ------ .m cl · • I-Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Bureau of Central Standards Staff Consumer Cooperative A7 --1 --- One-B7 Five '—' —— The triple negative shape on the right and the right (ie " southeast ”). The spreadsheet file (202) then starts to move the picture along the southeast direction. The picture movement rate depends on the indicator (113) and the origin The distance between the symbols (282). The spreadsheet file (2〇2) continues to move the surface until the user releases the wheel (丨 〇6) and stops starting the wheel. Close (174). Please refer to Figure 12 A, when the user presses and releases the scroll wheel (〖〇6) and then simply activates or "point and release" the scroll switch (17 4), the space guide can be activated The automatic scrolling mode of the computer. The computer (109) responds to the click and release of the wheel switch (〖74), and displays a vertical scroll bar (219 '), along the center of the length of the vertical scroll bar (219,) There is a sign or origin symbol (284). The indicator (1 13) also moves within the vertical scroll bar (21 9 ') and is positioned above or adjacent to the origin symbol (284). The user then moves the mouse ( 1 〇1), thus generating a γ-axis computer signal to move the indicator (丨 丨 3) within the vertical scroll bar (2 19 ′). When moving the indicator (丨 丄 3) downward from the origin symbol (284), The word processing document (280) shown in Figure a will be scrolled up in the window (200) and vice versa. As in the screen movement mode, the farther the pointer (1 13) is from the central origin symbol (2 84), The word processing file (280) is automatically and continuously up or down (depending on the indicator (Π 3) being moved to the origin symbol (284) (Depending on or below) The faster the page scrolling rate. The computer (109) can also set the vertical page scrolling bar (2 19) with decreasing color or gray scale in the upward and downward directions from the origin symbol (284) ,) The background shadow 3 color or the gradient of the shadow (gradation) allows the user to more accurately set the pointer (113) to a position on the vertical sash (219,) The shader is more in line with the required automatic page speed. Just activate the scroll wheel switch (1 7 4)-one time, and follow a starting point of -44-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) (please read the notes on the back first Please fill in this page for more details) --- T-Clothing --- Printed by the Employees Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy ^ 〇86sq Μ —----—_ B7 (42) '-— Move the mouse in the direction (101 ), Which allows the user to create an automatic and continuous scrolling rate that can read one or more pieces continuously, where the document is scrolled up (or down) in the window (200). Once the computer (109) starts the automatic page scrolling mode, it does not require the user to apply any external input, so the user can perform other tasks with both hands when reading the document. Therefore, the automatic scroll mode can be called •• Automatic reading mode, ’. When the user presses any key on the keyboard (116), or buttons such as the first or second button (110) or (H2) on the mouse (101), the automatic scroll mode is terminated. Move the mouse (101) to adjust the speed. When the user moves the mouse (101) in the opposite direction to return the pointer (113) to the origin symbol (284), the continuous scrolling speed will return to zero. The embodiment of the automatic scrolling mode is particularly suitable for users with disabilities. The automatic scroll mode can be applied to other documents such as spreadsheet files. Although a spreadsheet file is not shown, in a spreadsheet file, according to the direction in which the mouse (101) moves from the origin symbol (284), the automatic scroll mode allows the user to automatically and continuously perform vertical or horizontal Orientation of the page. In a spreadsheet file, both horizontal and vertical scroll bars (218) and (219) contain the origin symbol (284). In a "manual" scrolling mode of space navigation (that is, "roller scrolling"), the user can turn the scroll wheel (106) to scroll a document. At this time, each non-return part (1 5 5 ) Corresponds to two lines of text such as a word processing document. Therefore, please refer to FIG. 9 Λ again, the user can turn the scroll wheel in the direction toward the front end (28), so that each time the check portion (155) advances The two lines of text in the word processing document (280) scroll up and appear at the bottom of the window (200). Therefore, the user does not need -45- This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) 84 4 grid (210X 297 Mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) • Install · D,-= 5 Employee's consumer cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Du Printed S〇S68〇A7 _ B7 V. Description of invention (43) Use The cursor movement key or the page up / page down key on the keyboard (116), or the vertical scroll bar (219). In addition, the indicator (1 13) stays in the existing position (assuming the user rotates the scroll wheel (106) The mouse has not been moved (101)). Now referring to FIG. 12B, the scroll bar mode allows the user Press the scroll wheel (10 06) and press the control keys on the phantom keyboard (116) at the same time, in order to use the horizontal and vertical scroll bars (218) and (219) to scroll a document. Press and hold the scroll wheel (106) ) And the control keys on the keyboard (116), when the user moves the mouse (10 1) in the desired scrolling direction, the corresponding horizontal or vertical scrolling bars (218) and (2 1 9) The page turning symbol (22 1) moves in a manner corresponding to the movement of the mouse. Therefore, if the user presses the ink roller (106), then presses the control key, and then moves the mouse downward (toward the user) (1 〇1), the indicator (113) jumps to the page-turning character (221) in the vertical page-turning bar (2 19), and the page-turning character moves down. The word processing file (280) responds to While scrolling up. After the user releases the control key, the indicator (1 1 3) jumps back to the initial position of starting the scrolling bar mode. The indicator (113) is in the original position in the window (200). Not shown 'but the window (200) does not need to display horizontal and vertical scroll bars (2 1 8) and (2 1 9) in the scroll bar mode of space navigation »Please 1 3 'A flow chart shows the main steps performed under a routine (3〇0) of the present invention when viewing a word processing document in a word processing application software. According to FIG. 13 and The detailed instructions provided in this article can be easily developed by those familiar with this technology to implement the original code of the present invention. In addition, those familiar with this technology can easily modify and incorporate the routines shown in Figure 13 for the trial calculation table Application software, presentation application software, time management application software and other computer applications: '-46-This paper standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x 297mm): * ^^ 1 nn m ___ / MU1-^^ 1 ____ ____ _ _ /-m ^ n · tm ^^ — ^ 1 —. ^ Ϋ t ^^ i— β ^ ϋ 1— tm · n ^ nn ^ iB ^ m— 11 ^ I 令 i -(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) A7 B7 printed by the Beigong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of invention (44) The routine (300) starts at step (302), at this time the computer ( 109) Decide whether the wheel switch (174) is activated. If the wheel switch (丨 74) is not activated, then in step (304), the computer (109) determines whether the wheel (106) is activated, and thus determines whether the computer has received the Z-axis computer signal. If the Z-pump computer signal is not received, step 304 returns to step 302. If the Z-sleeve position signal is received, the computer (109) collects these Z-axis signals in step (306) to determine the amount and direction of rotation of the roller (丨 06) in the manner described above 0 in step (308) , The computer (109) determines whether the shift key on the keyboard (116) is pressed. If the shift key is pressed, the computer (1 09) enters the above-mentioned data navigation mode in step (3 1 〇). The computer (109) determines the level of the document data (content) displayed on the display device (112) according to the rotation amount and direction of the scroll wheel (106). In other words, the computer (109) determines how many non-returns (155) the scroll wheel (106) has rotated, thereby determining the number of levels of the hierarchical data structure of the document to be displayed or suppressed. If the shift key is not pressed on the keyboard (116) in step (308), the computer (109) determines whether the control key is pressed on the keyboard (116) in step (312). If the #control key is not pressed on the keyboard (1 1 6) in step (3 1 2), then the computer (109) enters the scroll mode in step (3 14). According to the rotation amount and direction of the scroll wheel (106), the computer (109) makes the document processing document roll up or down in the window (200). If the control key is pressed on the keyboard (116) in step (31 2), the computer (1 09) enters the space navigation mode in step (3 1 6), and according to the amount of rotation of the scroll wheel (106) and The direction determines the amount of a large ratio (shrinkage). Computer-47-This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4C grid (210 X297mm) -------- ^-installed ----- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page ), ιτ B7 5. Description of the invention (45) (109) Then in step (318) it is determined whether the file on the display device (112) is easy to read. If the file is easy to read, in step (320), the computer (109) retrieves the appropriate data from the memory (1 U) and displays the new size file on the display device (丨 12). For example, if the existing magnification ratio is set at 100%, and the user rotates the two check portions (155) of the scroll wheel in the direction toward the front end (28), then the computer (109) in step (3 16) It is decided that the user wants to increase the magnification ratio level by two levels (ie 30%). In step (3 i 8), the computer (109) determines that the file on the display device (1 1 2) is still easy to read (so there is no need to display any mark (217) with the file). Therefore, in step (32〇), the computer (109) increases the enlargement ratio of the file by 30% to i3〇0 / 〇. Printed by the Zhengong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). If the document in step (3 1 8) is not easy to read, go to the computer in step (3 22) ( 1 09) Expand any appropriate marks that will be displayed together with the file, such as the bar mark (21 7) shown in FIG. 5. For example, if the existing magnification L ratio is set at 100%, and when the user rotates the four check portions (155) of the scroll wheel in the direction of entering and leaving the front end (28), then in step (3 16) the computer (109) Decide that the user wishes to reduce the magnification ratio level by four levels (that is, 60〇 / 〇). In step (3 18), the computer (1〇9) determines that the file on the display device (112) is not easy to read, so in step (322), the enlargement ratio of the file is reduced by 60% to 40%, and in Appropriate labels are displayed on each part of the document. These marks represent the data contained in the document, that is, these marks are a higher-level concept of the data that is separated from the identification, and the computer j (10 9) in the step (3 2 2) can also properly locate the document at On the display device (112). Therefore, as shown in Figure 9: 6, when the computer (1〇9) determines that the information in the document is no longer easy to read (for example, the magnification ratio is less than 60%), -48-This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese national standard ( CNS) A4 specification (210 > < 297 public director) ----- A7 A7 Printed by the Consumer Standardization Bureau of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Β7. Invention description (46) The electronic display is configured as N in the window (200) Multiple pages of columns and M rows of pictures. In step (322), the computer (109) can perform other adjustments to the document displayed in the window (200) in order to improve the legibility of the document. For example, if this file is a spreadsheet file and the magnification ratio is reduced to less than 60, the computer (109) can hide this grid line in the file if the grid line is black (as shown in Figure 7Α-7Ε Display) to make this grid line disappear (as shown in Figure 4A_4C). Therefore, when the spreadsheet file is reduced to an enlargement ratio of less than 60%, the grid lines will not make the displayed file a gray area that interferes with vision. The computer (1 09) can draw a gray border around a formula shared by each row or column in a reduced spreadsheet file. The computer also draws a black border near the naming title in this file. You can display the boundaries of tables and lists I in a word processing document in a word processing document that has been reduced to less than 60% magnification, but you can only display the text in these tables and lists in grayscale tones. Step (320) also follows step (310). Therefore, the computer (109) retrieves appropriate data from the memory (114) and displays the new content of the file on the display device (112). Therefore, after step (3 10), if you turn the wheel one check part (155) in the direction away from the front end (28) and the window (2〇) is currently displaying the detailed text of the word processing document, then the computer (丨 〇9) In step (3 10), it is decided that the user wants to display the data of the secondary-higher level organization in the document. Therefore, in step (320), the computer (109) retrieves the detailed outline of the document from the memory (114). In step (320), if the detailed outline is larger than the & inch of the window (200), the computer (109) also selects the appropriate part of the detailed outline and displays it in the window (200). -49---! I— im In HI K i 1 ί I 11 / mi I i-^ 14--alii tin ^ —0¾, v-port fw * · (please read the notes on the back before filling in This page) The Taizhilang scale is applicable to China ’s National Depan /, A Yueqie I Λ 1 Λ-\ t \ n .ν Λ / kt-* A7 ____B7 printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of invention ( 47) If the wheel switch (174) is activated in step (302), the computer (109) decides whether the wheel switch is being continuously pressed in step (324). If the wheel switch (174) is being pressed continuously, then in step (325) the computer (109) determines whether the control keys on the keyboard (116) are pressed. If the control key is not pressed, the computer (109) enters the screen movement mode in step (326), and the origin symbol (282) is displayed at the position of the pointer (113) in the window (200) (Figure 11A). In step (328), the 'computer (109) collects X and γ axis computer signals according to the movement of the mouse (101) and the rotation of the sphere (119). In step (33〇), the computer (109) determines one of the preselected orientation or starting direction of the mouse (丨 〇 丨) based on the X and γ-axis computer signals (such as the downward direction of the example shown in FIG. 1A) . In step (330), the computer (109) continues to capture the appropriate part of the document, so as to move the screen and display it on the display device according to the X and γ axis computer signals (that is, the direction of the mouse selected by the user). U2). The computer (109) also determines the required screen movement speed based on the distance between the origin symbol (2 82) and the current location of the pointer (113), which will be described below. In step (330), the screen continues to move until the user releases the scroll switch (丨 74). If the roller switch (174) is not continuously pressed in step (324), the electric forging (1 09) collects X and Y axis computer signals according to the movement of the mouse (1 〇1) in step (3 3 2) . Then in step (336), the computer (109) enters the automatic page-winding mode. In step (336), the electronic device (109) continues to capture the appropriate part of the document so that the X and γ axis computer signals and Speed up the page on the display device (丨 12) and display these appropriate parts. The computer (109) determines the required automatic scrolling speed based on the distance between the origin symbol (284) and the current location of the indicator (1 13) on the vertical scrolling scroll (2 19 ') (Figure 12A). In the following description -50-National Standard (Grid— (210χ 297 ·) -—- ^ —install „r 編 -J · ^-» (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) A7 B7 V. Invention Description (48) The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Sample Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed the situation. If you are continuing to press the wheel switch (174) in step (324), and continuously pressing the control key in step (335), then in step ( 338) The computer (109) collects the X and γ axis computer signals according to the movement of the mouse (101). Then in step (339), the computer (109) enters the scroll bar mode (Figure 12B). (1〇9) Decide the direction of the required page curl of the document, and place the indicator (11 3) on the horizontal or vertical page scroll bar (218) or (2 19) in the appropriate page turn character (2 2 1 ). The computer (109) then collects the X and Y axis computer signals for the position of the indicator (113) and the page-turning character (221) according to step (338), and Continue to capture the appropriate part of the document 'to scroll the display device (1 1 2) and display these appropriate parts. The routine (300) can be performed at steps (328), (332), and (or) (338) The Z-axis computer signal is collected. Therefore, the computer (109) does not move according to the mouse, but depends on the rotation of the scroll wheel (106) to determine the required speed and direction of the screen movement, automatic page scrolling, and page scrolling. For the inter-zone navigation, the routine (300) is adopted or called in steps (3 14), (3 16), (320), and (336) for moving on the display device (112), Known subroutines for shrinking and redrawing document images. For each non-return section, one or more of the following modes are moved in the page scrolling, screen movement, automatic page scrolling, and scrolling page scrolling modes. Logically adjacent pixel lines or text and other data groups. A video processor, video memory, and other hardware can be used in the computer (109) to accelerate such movement of document images on the display device (2) 'Reduction, and renewal system. In the step (3 10) of the routine (300), the computer (109) must According to the scroll wheel 51, the size of the paper is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 () > < 297 public completion) (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) -Installation · Order Λ A7 V. Description of the invention (The amount and direction of rotation of 49 (106) depends on the amount of house or the level of data to be displayed. If the indicator (113) has selected the single item Λ, i I # μ-k , Items (for example—read in the spreadsheet file: first II |% of I Note I intention I item one J and then $ II to load the page!-Xinge) 'and when the user moves away from the front end (28) When you turn the wheel (1.6), the routine ⑽) is executed — ,, HideDetaii ,. Sub-routine, to hide any of the selected items. J1 ”Evil: low-level heart details, so in the display device ( U2) shows only the higher-ranking and poor subjects. To execute, Hide Detail's subroutine high-level virtual code instructions are as follows:

Hide Detail: if the selected item is the parent of displayed detail, hide that detail; 訂 else if there is an enclosing group f〇r the item (i.e., the item itself has a parent), hide the detail for the smallest such enclosing group and move the selection to the parent of the group being hidden; else noop. 如果所選擇項目包含與該項目相關之細節,則該項目是一 ”母體項目”。換言之,如果某一項目是一包含資科子集之 集合,則該項目是一母體項目。 經濟部中央梯隼局員工消费合作社印製 在步驟(3 1 0 )中,如果使用者沿著朝向前端(2 8 )的方向 轉動滾輪(1 0 6 ),則常式(3 0 0 )在步驟(3 i 〇 )中針對所選擇 之項目執行一”顯示細節’’之次常式。此,’顯示細節,,之次常 式仕示· k置(1 1 2 )上現出並顯與所選擇項目相關的任 (可較低層級的資料。例如,如果該項目是一母體項目,則 將顯示其集合内所含之對應資訊(亦即其,,子體項目.,)D用 52- 本紙张尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 A7 B7 五、發明説明(5〇 ) 來執行”顯示細節”次常式之例示高階虛擬碼指令如下所示Hide Detail: if the selected item is the parent of displayed detail, hide that detail; order else if there is an enclosing group f〇r the item (ie, the item itself has a parent), hide the detail for the smallest such enclosing group and move the selection to the parent of the group being hidden; else noop. If the selected item contains details related to the item, the item is a "parent item". In other words, if a project is a collection containing a subset of capital, then the project is a parent project. Printed by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Falcon Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs in step (3 1 0), if the user turns the roller (1 0 6) in the direction toward the front end (2 8), the routine In step (3 i 〇), execute a sub-routine of "display details" for the selected item. Here, "display details," the next routine is displayed. K is displayed and displayed on (1 1 2) Any item related to the selected item (lower-level data. For example, if the item is a parent item, the corresponding information contained in its collection (that is, its, child item.)) Will be displayed. 52- This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) A7 B7 printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Invention Description (5〇) Examples of high-level virtual code instructions are as follows

Show Detail: if there is hidden detail belonging to the selected item, show it; else noop. 電腦(109)可讓使用者在一文件中選擇一個以上的項目( 例如一試算表文件中之數個資料單元格)。對於所選擇的 多個項目而言,用來隱藏及顯示細節之例示高階虚擬碼指 令如下所示:Show Detail: if there is hidden detail belonging to the selected item, show it; else noop. The computer (109) allows the user to select more than one item in a file (for example, several data cells in a spreadsheet file ). For multiple items selected, the example high-level virtual code instructions used to hide and show details are as follows:

Multiple Item Hide Detail: if any selected item is a parent with displayed detail, then hide the detail for all the parents selected; else if there is an enclosing group for any selected item, hide the detail for the lowest enclosing groups for all the items, considering each item individually, and move the selection to the parents of the group being hidden; else noop. 夤Multiple Item Hide Detail: if any selected item is a parent with displayed detail, then hide the detail for all the parents selected; else if there is an enclosing group for any selected item, hide the detail for the lowest enclosing groups for all the items , considering each item individually, and move the selection to the parents of the group being hidden; else noop. 夤

Multiple Item Show Detail:Multiple Item Show Detail:

For each item selected, if there is hidden detail belonging to it. show it; else no op. 如上文所述,電腦系统(100)可讓使用者導覽試算表應用 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Μ規格(210 X 297公釐) ^ I裳 ^ ^ 訂 f 务 (t先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 3〇8β8〇 A7 B7 經濟部中央樣準局員工消费合作社印裝 五、發明説明(51 ) 软體及文書處理應用軟體中文件之區域及内容。然而,電 腦系統(1 00 )亦適用於任何種類的應用软體。例如,電腦系 統(100)可導覽諸如Microsoft公司所產製的SCHEDULE+® 等行事曆或行程表應用軟體中之一系列登綠。在資料導覽 模式中,轉動滾輪(106)時可讓使用者在閲覽其行事曆中之 年度 '每月、每週 '及每日登錄之間移動。 在一諸如MICROSOFT® POWER POINT®等簡報應用软 體中,電腦系統(1 00)可讓使用者以如同上文所述導覽文書 處理應用软體中之一系列頁之方式,在空間導覽模式下閲 覽一系列的幻燈片。在資料導覽模式中,亦可以類似於上 文對文書處理應用軟體所述之方式,導覽簡報中之階層配 置。在一諸如MICROSOFT® EXPLORER®等檔案管理應用 軟體中,電腦系統(1 〇〇)之資料導覽模式可讓使用者只轉動 滾輪(1 06)(可能也同時按簦移位键)卽可輕易在一複雜樓案 階層的各檔案及子檔案内移動。For each item selected, if there is hidden detail belonging to it. Show it; else no op. As mentioned above, the computer system (100) allows users to navigate the trial spreadsheet application-53- This paper scale is applicable to Chinese national standards (CNS) Μ specification (210 X 297 mm) ^ I hang ^ ^ Order f service (t read the notes on the back and then fill out this page) 3〇8β8〇A7 B7 Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Installation V. Description of Invention (51) The area and content of documents in software and word processing application software. However, the computer system (100) is also suitable for any kind of application software. For example, the computer system (100) can guide such as Microsoft A series of calendar or itinerary application software such as SCHEDULE + ® produced by the company is green. In the data navigation mode, when the scroll wheel (106) is rotated, the user can view the year of each calendar in the calendar. Move between monthly, weekly, and daily logins. In a presentation application such as MICROSOFT® POWER POINT®, the computer system (100) allows users to navigate the word processing application as described above one A series of pages can be used to browse a series of slides in the space navigation mode. In the data navigation mode, it can also be similar to the way described in the word processing application software above, to guide the hierarchy in the presentation. In a file management application software such as MICROSOFT® EXPLORER®, the data navigation mode of the computer system (100) allows the user to simply rotate the scroll wheel (10 06) (and possibly also press the Shift key) at the same time. Move within each file and sub-file in a complex building hierarchy.

電腦系統(100)亦可用於MICROSOFT® INTERNET EXPLORER®等應用軟體,以便導覽網路上極大量在邏輯 上鏈結的文件,例如網際網路的世界資訊網中之超文書鏈 結頁。在資料導覽模式中,使用者可轉動滾輪(106)而取得 超文書鏈結的文件,然後可沿著反方向轉動滚輪而回到起 始位置。例如,如果使用者目前正在閲讀_文件,而該文 件在相關主題上設有通到另一文件之超文書鏈結時,則使 用滑武(10 1)指向一鏈結,然後轉動滾輪(i 06),因而可迅 速取得鏈結的文件,而審視與相關主題有的材料3在審視 -54 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) ---------f -裝-- 1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂The computer system (100) can also be used in applications such as MICROSOFT® INTERNET EXPLORER® to navigate a large number of logically linked documents on the Internet, such as the hypertext link page in the World Wide Web on the Internet. In the data navigation mode, the user can rotate the scroll wheel (106) to obtain the document linked by the super document, and then can rotate the scroll wheel in the reverse direction to return to the starting position. For example, if the user is currently reading a document, and the document has a hypertext link to another document on the relevant subject, use the slider (10 1) to point to a link, and then turn the wheel (i 06), so you can quickly obtain the linked documents, and review some materials related to the relevant subject 3 -54-This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 specification (2 丨 0X297mm) ----- ---- f -install-- 1 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page)

J 308680 A7 B7 五、發明説明(52 ) 過相關主題之後,使用者可沿著反方向轉動滾輪(1〇6)而回 到原始的文件。 電腦系統(100)又可用於諸如MICROSOFT® ACCESS®等 資料庫應用軟體。電腦系統(1 〇〇)的資料導覽模式可讓使用 者只轉動滾輪(106)(可能也同時按壓移位键)即可在資料庫 資料的詳細與摘要報告之間移動。此外,使用者可易於改 變對各聯合資料庫或具有階層結構的各資料庫之閲覽。 因爲各種應用軟體有不同的導覽需求,所以可依應用軟 體的不同而以不同的方式啓動不同類型的空問導覽(縮放 、畫面移動、自動捲頁、手動捲頁、及捲頁條捲頁)。下 列的表1參照試算表應用軟體EXCEL®、文書處理應用軟體 WORD®、行程安排應用軟體SCHEDULE+®、簡報應用軟 體POWER POINT®、檔案管理應用軟體EXPLORER®、及 網際網路導覽應用軟體INTERNET EXPLORER®(以上各應 用軟體皆爲Microsoft公司所產製),概述操作電腦系統(1 〇〇) 之例示結構" n^- vn— flm 11 n^i Bn·— tn ftn4 I nn BUI m m mu —^n \ e n>n ftm ·111 nn nn HA J ^ 0¾ ] . i J \ . (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 -55 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 3〇868〇 A7 B7 經濟部中央標率局員工消費合作杜印製 五、發明説明(53 {Excel Word Scheduler Power Explorer Internet -T—--!-- -?°*nt Explorer 农輪 ——格負 捲頁 捲頁 資料縮放資料縮放 移位鍵及 滾輪 ^料縮放資料縮放資料縮放資奉縮放資料縮放 远鉤键及 滾輪 縮放 縮放 縮放 縮放 g 持續按.壓· 滾輪開關 並拖曳滑 鼠 畫面#動黨面移動畫面移動畫面移助董面移動畫面移動 點放滾輪 丨開關 連續捲頁連續捲頁連續捲頁連續捲頁連續袼頁連磧捲頁 1持續按壓 滾輪開關 及控制鍵 棬負條捲頁條捲頁條捲頁條捲_頁條一' 捲頁 捲買 捲頁 捲頁 捲頁 捲頁 表 1 在表1中,•’縮放"即是文件放大比率層級的調整,而”資料 縮放"即是一文件内的資料導覽。 電腦系統(100)之作業可以有一些選項或軟體開關,而讓 使用者可依其需要而修改各種設定。請參閲圖14A,一對 話框(350)顯示三個選項(352)、(354)、及(356),以便讓使 用者依其需要設定電腦系統(100)。此對話框(35〇)及將於 下文中説明的其他對話框可在視窗(2〇〇)之内顯示,可利用 一選览使用這些對話框,亦可利用電腦(丨〇9)上執行的作業 系統内設定的選擇而使用這些對話框。 在第一選項(352)之下,使用者可調整滾輪(1()6)作業的 -56- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) Λ4規格(210X 297公釐) I f ·裝-----------訂------f 4 ·· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 B7 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(54 ) 系統預設。如上文所述且如表1所示,使用者按壓_控制鍵 ,並同時轉動滾輪(1 06),即可進入縮放空間導覽模式。若 選擇選項(352)(將指標(113)定位在小白框之内,且按愚第 一按鈕(110)),則當滚輪(106)被轉動時,電腦系統(1〇〇)必 然在視窗(200)内調整一特定文件之放大比率,而無須使用 者同時按壓鍵盤(116)上的一特殊功能鍵、滚輪開關(174) 、或他其他開關。 在第一選項(352)中之一,,設定"按鈕(353)可讓使用者調整 滾輪(106)作業之設定。請參閲圖14B,一對話框(36〇)包含 一選項(362),該選項(362)可讓使用者改變滾輪(106)之系 統預設。如上文所述,在沿著朝向前端(28)的方向移動滑 鼠(101)時,電腦系統(1〇〇)在資料導覽模式下示出較多的 細節’在縮放模式下增加放大比率等,反之亦然。選擇選 項(362)時,滾輪(1〇6)之作業在電腦系統(100)内係反向進 行。因此’當選擇選項(362)時,沿著離開前端(28)的方向 轉動滾輪(106)時將在資料導覽模式中顯示文件中之較少細 節(内容),並在縮放模式中使放大比率減小,反之亦然。 請再參閲圖1 4 A,在第二選項(354)中,使用者可調整滾 輪開關(1 74)啓動的系統預設,從表1所示之系統預設調整 成可讓使用者在點故滾輪開關之後對一文件執行捲頁或畫 面移動,在第三選項(356)中,使用者可自表1所示對某一 應同軟體開關之系統預設而變成可指定一個不同的命令, 用以啓動滚輪開關(174)。 此外’第一殳第二選項(352)及(354)可讓使用者只用滾 -57 - 本紙張中關家標準(CNS ) M規格(21Qx^97公董) --- ---------I 裝--^---:---訂------f 戒 (t先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 30外80 Α7 --一_Β7 — 一 五、發明説明(55 ) ~~~ 輪即可提供一特定功能。因此,使用者選擇第—選項(352) 時,只要轉動滾輪(106),即可使縮放功能在—特定應用教 體中發生。同樣地,使用者選擇第二選項(354)時,在啓動 滾輪開關(174)之後即可在一特定應用軟體内發生捲頁功能 〇 第二選項(3 54)包含一,,捲頁靈敏度”按鈕(355),可讓使用 者調整自動捲頁及(或)畫面移動的速度(即,,捲頁速率。請 參閲圖14C,一對話框(370)包含一滑動條(372),使用者可 以指標(1 1 3)移動滑動條(372),而調整空間導覽的自動捲 頁模式及畫面移動模式之捲頁速率。 如圖1 5的示意圖所示,捲頁速率有三種速度改變的範圍 成區域。在起源符號(2 82)或起源點〇的位置與離開起源點〇 有數個像素的一點八間之第一範圍内,捲頁速率被設定爲 零''因此,捲頁不會發生在鄰近起源符號(282)的一範圍内 (例如自起源符號中心點算起3 _丨〇個像素内)。因此,滑鼠 (1〇1)或滾輪(106)輕微的移動並不會使文件在視窗(200)内 移動。 在點A與離開點A有一預選距離的點b間之第二範圍内, 一特定應用軟體中一文件之所設定捲頁速率被延遲。電腦 (109)上執行的應用軟體(或作業系統)具有一設定的棬頁速 率’可利用諸如水平及垂直捲頁條(218)及(219)(圖11A)在 視窗(200)内以所設定之捲頁速率移動一文件。文件所設定 捲頁之速率依處理器(U5)之速度、可用記憶體(114)容量 、文件之複雜度、及其他因素的不同而有所變化c然而, -58 - 本紙張尺度ϋ财®國家標牟(CNS)从祕(2丨〇χ297公着j f —裝--:------訂------f·^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 五、發明説明(56 A7 B7 只有文字(沒有表格及圖畫)的文書處理文件之典型設定捲 頁速率是在每秒1 0行到1 5行文字之間。在此速率下,當一 文件中個別的資料單元格、字調、或整行文字在視窗(2〇〇) 内捲動時’大多數的使用者可能無法讀出。 因此,在常式(300)的步驟(330)及(336)(圖13)中,電腦 (109)將一延遲因數Timeper r〇vv施加到特定應用軟體之設 定捲頁速率,使文件的棬頁速率及畫面移動速率與所設定 的捲頁速率有所不同。延遲因數Time Per Row是在顯示裝置 (1 12)上畫出並顯示某一列像素之速率。當指標(丨}3)自點 A(起源符號(282))移動點B時,延遲因數TimePerRow將減 少。用於決定延遲因數TimePerRow的一例示方程式如下所 示: MaxTimeJ 308680 A7 B7 Fifth, the description of the invention (52) After related topics, the user can turn the scroll wheel (106) in the opposite direction to return to the original document. The computer system (100) can also be used for database application software such as MICROSOFT® ACCESS®. The data navigation mode of the computer system (100) allows the user to move between the detailed information of the database and the summary report by simply turning the scroll wheel (106) (and possibly also pressing the shift key). In addition, users can easily change the reading of each joint database or each database with a hierarchical structure. Because various application software has different navigation requirements, different types of space navigation (zoom, screen movement, automatic page scrolling, manual page scrolling, and page scrolling volume) can be activated in different ways according to the application software. page). The following Table 1 refers to the spreadsheet application software EXCEL®, word processing application software WORD®, scheduling application software SCHEDULE + ®, presentation application software POWER POINT®, file management application software EXPLORER®, and Internet navigation application software INTERNET EXPLORER ® (all of the above application software are manufactured by Microsoft Corporation), an overview of the example structure of operating a computer system (1〇〇) " n ^-vn— flm 11 n ^ i Bn · — tn ftn4 I nn BUI mm mu — ^ n \ e n > n ftm · 111 nn nn HA J ^ 0¾]. i J \. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau Beigong Consumer Cooperative -55-This The paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 3〇868〇A7 B7 The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standardization Bureau employee consumption cooperation du printing five, invention description (53 {Excel Word Scheduler Power Explorer Internet- T —--!--? ° * nt Explorer Agricultural wheel-grid negative page page page page data zoom data zoom shift key and scroll wheel ^ material zoom data zoom data zoom data zoom zoom zoom zoom hook and scroll wheel zoom Shrink Press and hold the scroll button. Press the scroll wheel switch and drag the mouse screen #Move the party surface to move the screen to move the screen to help the Dong surface to move the screen to move the point to scroll the wheel 丨 Switch continuous roll page continuous roll page continuous roll page continuous roll page continuous cover Page continuous moel roll page 1 Continue to press the wheel switch and control keys to press the negative bar roll bar roll bar roll bar roll page roll bar_page bar one 'roll page roll buy roll page roll page roll page roll page Table 1 In Table 1, • 'Zoom " is the adjustment of the document magnification ratio level, and "data zoom " is the navigation of the data in a document. The operation of the computer system (100) can have some options or software switches, allowing the user to Modify various settings according to their needs. Please refer to FIG. 14A, a dialog box (350) displays three options (352), (354), and (356) to allow the user to configure the computer system (100) according to their needs This dialog box (35〇) and other dialog boxes that will be described below can be displayed in the window (2〇〇), these dialog boxes can be used by one-click browsing, or on the computer (丨 〇9) The choice of settings in the operating system Use these dialog boxes. Under the first option (352), the user can adjust the -56- paper size of the scroll wheel (1 () 6) operation. This paper size is suitable for China National Standardization (CNS) Λ4 specification (210X 297 mm) I f · install ----------- order ------ f 4 (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) A7 B7 Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed five. Invention description (54) System preset. As described above and shown in Table 1, the user presses the _ control key and turns the scroll wheel (10 06) at the same time to enter the zoom space navigation mode. If you select option (352) (position the indicator (113) within the small white box and press the first button (110)), then when the scroll wheel (106) is rotated, the computer system (100) must be The magnification ratio of a specific file is adjusted in the window (200) without the user having to simultaneously press a special function key on the keyboard (116), a wheel switch (174), or other switches. In one of the first options (352), the setting " button (353) allows the user to adjust the settings of the scroll wheel (106) operation. Referring to FIG. 14B, a dialog box (36〇) includes an option (362) that allows the user to change the system preset of the scroll wheel (106). As mentioned above, when the mouse (101) is moved in the direction towards the front end (28), the computer system (100) shows more details in the data navigation mode 'and increases the magnification ratio in the zoom mode Wait, and vice versa. When option (362) is selected, the operation of the scroll wheel (106) is reversed in the computer system (100). Therefore 'when option (362) is selected, turning the scroll wheel (106) in the direction away from the front end (28) will display less details (contents) in the document in the data navigation mode and zoom in in the zoom mode The ratio decreases, and vice versa. Please refer to FIG. 14 A again. In the second option (354), the user can adjust the system preset activated by the scroll switch (174). The system preset shown in Table 1 is adjusted to allow the user to Click the scroll switch to perform page scrolling or screen movement on a document. In the third option (356), the user can preset a system that corresponds to the software switch from Table 1 to become a different one. Command to activate the scroll switch (174). In addition, the first and second options (352) and (354) allow users to use only roller -57-Guanjia Standard (CNS) M specification (21Qx ^ 97 Gongdong) in this paper ------- ----- I installed-^ ---: --- order ------ f ring (t read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 30 Outer 80 Α7-一 _Β7 — Fifth, invention description (55) ~~~ The round can provide a specific function. Therefore, when the user selects the first option (352), as long as the scroll wheel (106) is turned, the zoom function can occur in the application-specific teaching body. Similarly, when the user selects the second option (354), the scrolling function can occur in a specific application software after the scroll switch (174) is activated. The second option (3 54) includes 1, "rolling sensitivity" The button (355) allows the user to adjust the speed of automatic scrolling and / or screen movement (ie, the scrolling rate. Please refer to FIG. 14C, a dialog box (370) includes a slider (372), use You can move the slide bar (372) according to the index (1 1 3), and adjust the scrolling rate of the automatic page scrolling mode and the screen moving mode of the space navigation. As shown in the schematic diagram of Fig. 15, the page scrolling rate has three speed changes The range is the area. In the first range between the position of the origin symbol (2 82) or the origin point 〇 and one point eight points away from the origin point ○, the page scroll rate is set to zero. Does not occur within a range adjacent to the origin symbol (282) (for example, within 3 _〇 pixels from the center point of the origin symbol). Therefore, the mouse (101) or the scroll wheel (106) moves slightly and It will not move the file in the window (200). At point A and leave A within a second range between points b with a preselected distance, the set page-winding rate of a document in a specific application software is delayed. The application software (or operating system) running on the computer (109) has a set page The 'rate' can use such as horizontal and vertical scroll bars (218) and (219) (Figure 11A) in the window (200) to move a document at the set scrolling rate. The speed of the scrolling set by the file depends on the processor ( U5) The speed, available memory (114) capacity, file complexity, and other factors vary. However, -58-this paper standard ϋ Cai ® National Standard (CNS) from the secret (2 丨〇χ297public jf —installed —: ------ order ------ f · ^ (please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) V. Description of invention (56 A7 B7 only text ( (No tables and pictures) The typical setting of the word processing file is a page turning rate between 10 lines and 15 lines of text per second. At this rate, when a single data cell, character tone, or When the line text scrolls in the window (200), most users may not be able to read it. Therefore, In steps (330) and (336) (FIG. 13) of the routine (300), the computer (109) applies a delay factor Timeper rvv to the set page-winding rate of the specific application software to make the file page-breaking rate and The screen movement rate is different from the set page scrolling rate. The delay factor Time Per Row is the rate at which a column of pixels is drawn and displayed on the display device (1 12). When the indicator (丨} 3) is from point A (origin Symbol (282)) When moving the point B, the delay factor TimePerRow will decrease. An example equation for determining the delay factor TimePerRow is as follows: MaxTime

TimePerRow 、Exp (1) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製TimePerRow, Exp (1) Employee consumption cooperation of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

在方程式(1)中,最大延遲因數MaxTime是一預選値,例如 每列濛素有100毫秒,於閲覽一個緩慢捲頁的文件時,該 預選値是大多數使用者可接受的最小捲頁速率。指數Εχρ 的基數η値可以是諸如2,並可利用下列方程式決定指數 Exp : PIn equation (1), the maximum delay factor MaxTime is a preselected value, such as 100 milliseconds per column of pixels. When reading a slow-page document, the preselected value is the smallest acceptable page for most users rate. The base η of the index Εχρ can be such as 2, and the index Exp can be determined using the following equation: P

ExpExp

MaxExp. (2MaxExp. (2

WaitWidth 在方程式(2)中,P是使用習知方法使指標(u 3)離開起源點 〇(起源符號(282))之距離(以像素爲單位)。WaUWidth是一 取決於顯示裝置(Π2)寬度之預選値。WahWidth値對應於 點A與點B間之距離,因而亦對應於延遲所設定捲頁速車之 59 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) | I裝--„---r--訂------1·^ 1 -(請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉準局貝工消費合作社印製 308680 A7 1 ——— B7 五、發明説明(sT^ ' 一— -- 第二範圍°如果顯示裝置(112)之寬度約爲800個像素,則 WaitWidth値約爲2〇0個像素。 由下式計算最大指數値MaxExp :WaitWidth In equation (2), P is the distance (in pixels) of the indicator (u 3) from the origin 〇 (origin symbol (282)) using a conventional method. WaUWidth is a preselected value that depends on the width of the display device (Π2). The WahWidth value corresponds to the distance between point A and point B, and therefore also corresponds to the delay of the set page speed of 59. This paper size is suitable for China National Standardization (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) | I installed- -„--- r--Subscribe ------ 1 · ^ 1-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Bureau of Customs and Industry Beigong Consumer Cooperative 308680 A7 1 —— — B7 Fifth, the description of the invention (sT ^ 'One —-the second range ° If the width of the display device (112) is about 800 pixels, the WaitWidth value is about 200 pixels. The maximum index value is calculated by the following formula MaxExp:

MaxExp-l〇gn(MaxTime/MinTime) ⑺ 其中最小延遲値MinTime是一諸如4的預選値。此最小延遲 値MinTime可大約對應於以每水平列像素要多少時間表示 义設定捲頁速率。利用上述的MaxTime、MinTime、及η等 値’則最大指數\13\£\卩値爲4.643 8 56。 在上述方程式(1)之下,延遲因數TimePerRow將持續減 少直至到達200個像素之距離(Waitwidth値),到達此點時 捲頁速率大約等於爲特定應用軟體及硬體組態所設定之捲 頁速率。在點B上,所設定之捲頁速率繼續一次捲動一個 水平的像素線,而到達電腦系統(1〇〇)中應用軟體及硬體的 最大重新繪製或顯示速率。 在點B與離開點B有一預選距離的點c間之第三範圍中, 爲應用軟體設定的捲頁速率增加。換言之,延遲因數 TimePerRow變成一個增加所設定捲頁速率之倍數因數(大 於1)。在點B與點C間心捲頁速率繼續增加到爲應用軟體所 設定的捲頁速率之上,因而可能需要跳過一些像素單元, 亦即久重新繪製兩個或更多個在邏輯上相鄰的像素群或 水平像素線。當捲頁速率快於顯示裝置(112)及電腦(1〇9) 可在顯示裝置上繪製或更新像素單元線之速率時,將跳過 二些像素罝元。在方程式(1)下,於點c的最大連續捲頁速 率被政4成最大捲頁速率(例如—次捲動一整頁或視窗)。 當指標(113)移動超過點c時,捲頁速率保持點c上發生的 -60 - { 裝 ~ ; 訂 f·^ • · (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ------_B7__ 五、發明説明(58^ ' &quot; 最大値。 上文已參照垂直捲頁之方式之大體説明了本發明。本發 明的上述説明亦同樣適用於水平捲頁,此時係針對垂直的 像素行增加或減少所設定之捲頁速率。此外,雖然上文已 針對捲頁而大體説明了本發明,但是上述説明亦同樣適用 於畫面移動等其他的導覽方法。 請再參閲圖14C,當使用者在對話框(370)内移動滑動條 (372)時,電腦(109)調整點〇、a、B、與C間之距離(以像 素數目爲單位)。因此,當使用者將滑動條(372)移向滑動 條刻度的”快速”端時,點〇與A間之距離自諸如8個像素減 到4個像素。同樣地,點八與b間之距離自諸如2〇〇個像素 減至100個像素。點B與C間之距離亦同樣地減少。因此, 使用者只須自起源符號(282)將指標(113)移動短距離(圖 1 1 A),即可以快速的棬頁速率使文件之畫面移動。 雖然上文係配合具有一滾輪(1 〇 6 )的滑鼠(1 〇 1)之使用而 説明了本發明,但是本發明亦可適用於並未配備具有一滾 輪的滑鼠之使用者。請參閲圖1 6,示出試算表文件(23〇)的 視窗(200)包含一位置在該視窗的一工具條部分(4〇2)内的 導覽控制(400)。該導覽控制(400)包含一可在習知技術下 利用標準滑鼠移動的滑動按鈕(404),用以上述之方式操作 一視窗内之諸物件。以類似於沿著朝向或離開前端(28)的 方向轉動滚輪(106)之方式’向左或向右移動滑動按鈕(4〇4) 時,試算表文件(230)之放大比率將分别減少或增加。 如i司上述各貫施則’當使用者移動滑動按紐(4 4 )時,文 字柽(204)中之放大比率隨之改變。若在指標(i 1 3)並不在 -61 - 本紙張尺度逍用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝· 、-=3 A7 B7 五、發明説明(59 滑動指標(404)上,而在滑動指標(404)的一侧時,點放第 一按纽(110),則將使滑動指標以】5〇/。的放大比率爲間隔遞 增地移向指標(113)。可配合導覽控制(4〇〇)採用鍵盤(n6) 上的一些特殊功能鍵(例如移位鍵 '控制鍵等),以便提供 上文所述的其他導覽模式(亦即資料導覽、畫面移動、自 動捲頁 '手動捲頁、及捲頁條捲頁)。可按壓導覽控制(4〇〇) 中疋一’'整體”按鈕(406),以便跳到文件的整個閲覽(例如 圖5所示之1 5 %放大比率)。 亦可在不使用導覽控制(4〇〇)或滾輪(106)的情形下執行 本發明的各種面向。因此,採用標準兩個或三個按鈕的滑 鼠(亦即至少設有第一及第二按鈕(1 1 0)及(i 1 2)之滑鼠可執 行許多上文所述之作業模式。例如,啓動此種標準滑鼠上 的第二或第二按鈕時,使用者可採用無須轉動滚輪的上述 任何導覽模式(例如畫面移動、自動捲頁、及滑動條捲頁) 0 上文大體已在導覽一文件中提供非連續變化(例如每一止 回那(1 55)有1 5%的放大比率變化)之方式説明了本發明。 當處理器(1 1 5)之速度可用記憶體(1 14)容量無法在導覽中 作連續變化,而在顯示裝置(U2)上示出平滑的轉變時,可 在導覽中使用非連續變化。此外,使用滚輪(丨〇6)時,此種 非連續變化提供了 一種相當直覺及内感之方法,得以遞增 之方式導覽並改變視窗(200)中文件之顯示。然而,在—替 代貫拖例中,本發明同樣適用於導覽中之連續變化。例如 ’滾輪總成可省略掉觸覺反饋盤,使滾輪(1 〇6)可被連續且 平滑地轉動;並修改常式(3〇〇),以便提供文件的可無限調 -62- 1·- I - 1 - 11 . I東-- _- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度_ ( CNS ) A4im ( 210 X297^* A7 A7 前一縮放(%) 新的縮放(%) 結果(% ) .銮 60 或 δ 130 &gt;80及&lt;120 100 &gt;60 及 g 80 2 90及运1 10 100 δ 1 10及&lt;130 S 90及 S 110 100 _____B7___ 五、發明説明(6〇 ) 整之放大比率層級。此種可連續轉動的滾輪(1〇6)提供了一 種在一文件中連續捲頁或縮放的相當直覺之方法,而且可 在諸如文書處理應用軟體等許多應用軟體中對連續捲頁作 較佳之執行。 在此種連續導覽之實施例中,常式(300)可採用&quot;回歸&quot;縮 放到100%之放大比率並回歸自動捲頁及其他空間導覽功能 到零或無作業値之次常式。這些回歸次常式可讓使用者更 易於使滾輪(106)回到標準100%放大比率,或回到零捲頁 速率。例如,在縮故模式下,常式(300)執行的次常式可在 _下列各値下作業: 1-·-—I I 11 - - - - - 1^1 1=---1* —II —ΙΊ ml a^n . HI iOJ r - .(請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉準局員工消费合作社印製 表 2 在此種連續導覽的實施例中,如果使用者迅速轉動滾輪 (1 06),則常式(3〇〇)亦可執行捨入尾數之功能,以便依據 下表而設定新的縮放或放大比率層級。 前一與新的縮放層級(%)間之差異 捨人尾數 1到7 保持在舊的縮放層級 8到3 0 最接近的5 % &gt;30 最接近的10% 表 3 當!·吏用者在距離舊的縮放層級1 %與7&lt;?/〇之間移動時係保持 在舊的縮放層級,因而可讓使用者在開始改變縮故層級之 -63 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作杜印製 308680 五、發明説明(61 ) Μ保持在舊的縮放層級,而益須糈確灿腺.亡认 ^ ^ r ^ ^ …肩猾確地將滾輪(106)重新定 . ^ 辱式(300)同樣對上述其他的導覽模式 執行回歸及捨入尾數之次常S。 守見筷式 諸t料圖畫或表格等文件内的某些物件是難以顯示 、' t.爲了在木—種導覽模式下連續改變此種文件時 ,可加速對該文件之贿+,f 0&lt;« /, 、 干疋顒777,電腦(109)可以只畫出複雜物件 疋概要。因此,電腦(1 w,去n、A k , 1 电物(i〇9)可迅速且連續地改變該文件之 不,直到該文件到達所尊的p斗其a班,, ’ 吓罟的尺寸及位置馬止(例如使用者 於所需的放大比率時彳專,丨.純也/ w , 卜吁和止轉動滾輪(1〇6)),然後随即在顯 不裝置(112)上完整地顯示此種物件3 本發明特此引用前文所引述之各美國專利及申請案以供 參照,且視同已引述該等專利及申請案之整體。 雖然已説明了衣發明的各種特定實施例及實例,但熟悉 相關技術者g可了解,在不脱離本發明的精神及範圍下, 仍可作出各種修改:,例如,雖然我們相信本文所述各實施 例的所有特徵都有助於改良本發明的人體工學結果,但可 對個別的某一或某些特徵作修改或省略,且仍可獲致本發 明足效盈。另舉—洌而言,雖然在前文所述的資料導覽中 ’係在一詳細的文書處理文件與該文件的濃縮綱要之間移 動’但是只要轉動滾輪(106),即可將資料導覽模式用來顯 示修訂標記、殳在一段時間中持續對一文件所作的其他改 變。因此,當使用者沿著離開前端(2 8)的方向轉動滾輪時 ’此文件將逐次顯示對該文件所作的一些較舊修訂。 再舉一個可利用本發明作出的修改實例,雖然在前文說 明中係將漂記(21 7)應用於試算表文件,但是電腦(1〇9)可 64 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4·(训心秘着 f -裝------------、玎------ί二 &lt;1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁j A7 ---------B7_ 五、發明説明(62 ) ' —~--- 同樣將這些標記(217)用於文書處理文件。因此,當—文件 大比率層級降低到6〇%以下時,電腦(1〇9)可將綱要之 ^應用於該文件之適當部分。同樣地,亦可在低於帆 的攻大比率層級時顯示頁數。 本發明於本文所提供之揭露事項可適用於其他的電 ^置’其中包括軌跡球、光學滑鼠或光筆、及圖形輸入 寺’其中係在光學f骨鼠或&amp;筆上所設之一滾輪產生冗軸 腦信m述詳細説明即可作出本發明的上述這些 a化及其他變化。因此,本發明並不受限於揭露事項,而 冗全須參照下列申請專利範圍來決定本發明之範圍。 I f-衣--- *· (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製MaxExp-lgn (MaxTime / MinTime) ⑺ where the minimum delay value MinTime is a preselected value such as 4. This minimum delay value MinTime may approximately correspond to how much time it takes for each horizontal column of pixels to set the scrolling rate. Using the above MaxTime, MinTime, and η values, the maximum index \ 13 \ £ \ i.e. Is 4.643 8 56. Under the above equation (1), the delay factor TimePerRow will continue to decrease until the distance of 200 pixels (Waitwidth value) is reached. When this point is reached, the page rate is approximately equal to the page set for the specific application software and hardware configuration rate. At point B, the set scroll rate continues to scroll one horizontal pixel line at a time, and reaches the maximum redraw or display rate of the application software and hardware in the computer system (100). In the third range between point B and point c that has a preselected distance from point B, the page-winding rate set for the application software increases. In other words, the delay factor TimePerRow becomes a multiple factor (greater than 1) that increases the set page speed. The center page speed between point B and point C continues to increase above the page speed set for the application software, so it may be necessary to skip some pixel units, that is, redrawing two or more logically for a long time Adjacent pixel groups or horizontal pixel lines. When the scrolling rate is faster than the rate at which the display device (112) and the computer (109) can draw or update the pixel unit line on the display device, two pixels will be skipped. Under equation (1), the maximum continuous page-winding rate at point c is reduced to the maximum page-winding rate (for example, one full page or window at a time). When the indicator (113) moves beyond point c, the page-winding rate remains at -60 that occurred on point c-{装 ~; Order f · ^ • (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative A7 ------_ B7__ V. Description of the invention (58 ^ '&quot; Maximum value. The above has generally explained the invention with reference to the way of vertical scrolling. The above description of the invention is also the same Applicable to horizontal scrolling, this time increases or decreases the set scrolling rate for vertical pixel rows. In addition, although the present invention has been generally described for scrolling, the above description is also applicable to screen movement, etc. Other navigation methods. Please refer to FIG. 14C again. When the user moves the slider (372) in the dialog box (370), the computer (109) adjusts the distance between points 〇, a, B, and C (to The number of pixels is in units.) Therefore, when the user moves the slider (372) to the "fast" end of the slider scale, the distance between point 0 and A is reduced from, for example, 8 pixels to 4 pixels. Similarly, The distance between point eight and b is reduced from 200 pixels to 100 Pixels. The distance between points B and C is similarly reduced. Therefore, the user only needs to move the pointer (113) from the origin symbol (282) for a short distance (Figure 11A), that is, the fast page rate can be used The picture of the document moves. Although the above describes the invention in conjunction with the use of a mouse (1 〇1) with a scroll wheel (1 〇6), the invention can also be applied to a mouse that is not equipped with a wheel Please refer to Fig. 16, showing that the window (200) of the spreadsheet file (23〇) contains a navigation control (400) located in a toolbar part (402) of the window. The navigation control (400) includes a slide button (404) that can be moved using a standard mouse under the conventional technology to operate the objects in a window in the manner described above. 28) The way to rotate the scroll wheel (106) in the direction of 'Move the slide button (4〇4) to the left or right, the magnification ratio of the trial balance file (230) will be reduced or increased respectively. 'When the user moves the sliding button (4 4), the text in the text (204) is enlarged The rate will change accordingly. If the indicator (i 1 3) is not at -61-the paper size is free to use the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) .Install ·,-= 3 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (59 on the sliding indicator (404), and on the side of the sliding indicator (404), click and release the first button (110), the sliding indicator will be 】 5〇 /. The magnification ratio moves to the indicator (113) at increasing intervals. It can be used with the navigation control (400) to use some special function keys on the keyboard (n6) (such as the shift key 'control key, etc.) , In order to provide the other navigation modes described above (that is, data navigation, screen movement, automatic scrolling 'manual scrolling, and scrolling bar scrolling). You can press the "Overall" button (406) in the navigation control (400) to jump to the entire viewing of the file (for example, 15% magnification ratio shown in Figure 5). You can also use the navigation without The various aspects of the present invention are carried out in the case of navigation control (400) or scroll wheel (106). Therefore, a mouse with a standard two or three buttons (that is, at least the first and second buttons (1 1 0) and (i 1 2) the mouse can perform many of the above-mentioned operating modes. For example, when the second or second button on such a standard mouse is activated, the user can use any of the above without turning the wheel Navigation mode (such as screen movement, automatic scrolling, and slide bar scrolling) 0 The above has generally provided discontinuous changes in a navigation file (such as 1 5% magnification for each stop (1 55) The present invention is illustrated in the form of ratio change. When the speed of the processor (1 1 5) is available, the capacity of the memory (1 14) cannot be changed continuously during the tour, but a smooth transition is shown on the display device (U2) At the time, you can use discontinuous changes in the tour. In addition, when using the scroll wheel (丨 〇6), This discontinuous change provides a fairly intuitive and introspective way to navigate and change the display of the document in the window (200) in an incremental manner. However, in the alternative to the drag-and-drop example, the present invention is also applicable to navigation Continuous change. For example, the roller assembly can omit the tactile feedback disk, so that the roller (106) can be continuously and smoothly rotated; and modify the routine (300) to provide infinite adjustment of the file -62 -1 ·-I-1-11. Idong-_- (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) Order the paper size printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _ (CNS) A4im (210 X297 ^ * A7 A7 Previous zoom (%) New zoom (%) Result (%). Luan 60 or δ 130 &gt; 80 and &lt; 120 100 &gt; 60 and g 80 2 90 and Yun 1 10 100 δ 1 10 and <130 S 90 and S 110 100 _____B7___ Fifth, the invention description (6〇) the whole magnification ratio level. This continuously rotatable scroll wheel (10〇6) provides a continuous scrolling or zooming in a file Quite intuitive method, and can be used in many applications such as word processing application software It is better to perform continuous page scrolling. In this embodiment of continuous navigation, the routine (300) can use &quot; return &quot; zoom to 100% magnification ratio and return to automatic page scrolling and other space navigation Function to zero or no operation sub-routine. These regression sub-routines can make it easier for the user to return the scroll wheel (106) to the standard 100% magnification ratio, or return to the zero page speed. For example, in the reduced mode Next, the subroutine executed by the routine (300) can be operated under the following values: 1- · -—II 11-----1 ^ 1 1 = --- 1 * —II —ΙΊ ml a ^ n. HI iOJ r-. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) The Central Consumers ’Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Employee Consumer Cooperative Printed Table 2 In this embodiment of continuous navigation, if the user quickly turns (1 06), the routine (300) can also perform the function of rounding the mantissa, so as to set a new zoom or magnification ratio level according to the following table. Difference between the previous and the new zoom level (%) Rounding mantissa 1 to 7 Keep at the old zoom level 8 to 3 0 Nearest 5% &gt; 30 Nearest 10% Table 3 When! · The user stays at the old zoom level when moving between 1% and 7 &lt;? / 〇 from the old zoom level, so the user can start to change the contraction level -63-This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Bureau of Samples and Consumers Cooperative Printing of Du 308680 V. Description of Invention (61) Μ Maintained at the old zoom level, and Yixu is sure. ^ ^ r ^ ^… shoulder the wheel (106) correctly. ^ Insult (300) also performs regression and rounding of the mantissa for the other navigation modes mentioned above. Some objects in documents such as Shoumi Chopsticks 'drawings or tables are difficult to display,' t. In order to continuously change such documents in the wood-type navigation mode, the bribery of the documents can be accelerated +, f 0 &lt; «/, , Dingjie 777, the computer (109) can only draw a summary of complex objects. Therefore, the computer (1 w, go to n, Ak, 1 electric thing (i〇9) can quickly and continuously change the file, until the file reaches the respected class a ,, 'Scared The size and position of the stop (for example, when the user is at the desired magnification ratio, Shun Ye / w, Bu Yu and the anti-rotation roller (1〇6)), and then completely on the display device (112) Display of such an object 3 The present invention hereby cites the various U.S. patents and applications cited above for reference, and treats them as if they had been cited as a whole. Although various specific embodiments and examples of clothing inventions have been described However, those familiar with the relevant technology can understand that various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention: For example, although we believe that all the features of the embodiments described herein are helpful to improve the present invention Ergonomic results, but one or some individual characteristics can be modified or omitted, and still achieve the full effect of the present invention. Another example-Xi, although in the previous data guide ' Is tied to a detailed word processing document with the document 'Enriched between the outlines' but as long as the scroll wheel (106) is turned, the data navigation mode can be used to display revision marks, and other changes made to a document over a period of time. Therefore, when the user moves away from the front end (2 8) When you turn the wheel, this file will show some of the older revisions made to this file one by one. Another example of the modifications that can be made by the present invention, although in the previous description, it will be drifted (21 7) It is applied to the spreadsheet file, but the computer (1〇9) can be 64-This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 · (Training Secrets f- 装 ------------ 、 玎------ ί 二 &1; (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page. j A7 --------- B7_ V. Description of the invention (62) '— ~ --- These marks (217) are used for word processing documents. Therefore, when the level of the large document ratio is reduced to below 60%, the computer (109) can apply the outline ^ to the appropriate part of the document. Similarly, The number of pages can be displayed when the level of the attack rate is lower than that of the sail. The disclosure provided by the present invention is applicable In other electronic devices, including trackballs, optical mice or light pens, and graphic input temples, one of which is a scroll wheel provided on an optical mouse or & pen to generate redundant axis brain signals. The above-mentioned changes and other changes of the present invention can be made. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the disclosure matters, and the redundancy must refer to the following patent application scope to determine the scope of the present invention. I f- 衣 ——- * · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

In m n n n . • - - I 1 . 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)戍4規格(2]0x297公釐)In m n n n. •--I 1. This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) 4 specifications (2) 0x297 mm)

Claims (1)

3〇8β8〇 Α8 Β8 CS D8 經 濟 部 中 央 標 準 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 印 製 申請專利範圍 1 _ 一種用於將命令輸入一電腦之指向裝置,包含: 一王體,該主體具有一前端、一後端、一上表面,該 上表面具有一設於其上的高點;以及 一輜合到該主體之滾輪,該滾輪係延伸到該主體的該 上表面之上,且該滾輪係位於該主體的—前方區域,因 而當一使用者將該使用者的右手掌或左手掌的一掌骨-指 骨關節置於該高點上時,該使用者的右手掌或左手掌之 尺寸係落在北美洲成人的最低5 %女性到最高9 5 %男性 之一範圍内,該使用者可利用食指轉動並按壓該滾輸, 且同時將食指保持在一生物機械上的中性位署。 2.根據申請專利範圍第i項之指向裝置,其中該滾輪並未 延仲超過該主體上表面之上的〇· 1英寸。 3 ·根據申請專利範圍第2項之指向裝置,其中該上表面係 自該指向裝置的前端向上傾斜到該高點,再自該高點向 下傾斜到該指向装置之後端’且該滾輪係定位在—自該 高點向前延伸4 1 -66毫米的區域。 4 .根據申請專利範圍第2項之指向裝置,其中該滚輪之寬 度爲0.25-0.4英寸。 5.根據申請專利範圍第1項之指向裝置,其中該滾輪的外 緣半徑係經設計,可讓使用者沿著該滾輪之該外緣轉動 雇按壓該滾輪。 6 ,根據申請專利範圍第1項之指向裝置,其中係以彈性材 料製成該滾輪之外表面,以便改善使用者食指與該滾輪 間之接觸。 -66 - 用中國國家榡準(CNS )八4祕(210X297公釐) n n n n I— n I X- o I PI _ 丁 09 言 l » (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 六、申請專利範圍 根據中請專利範園第〗項之指向裝 6。克厘米之_以轉動該滾輪裳二’二, 以按壓該滾輪。 力 8 .根據申請專利範圍第1項之指向裝 s也 此、±这 置’其中該滾輪可在 複數個非連續位置之間轉動’且將該滾輪移動到每一位 置時,將造成於該滾輪移動時在所選擇的' 號傳送到該電腦。 &amp; 9_根據巾請專利範圍第8項之指向裝,,其中需要施加一 預定範圍的轉矩而將該滾輪移動到各連續的位置,因而 :反饋提供給“者,以便將—所需切果與該滾輪所 需t轉姐及轉動量相關聯, 10. 根據申请專利範圍第9項之指|·罗 固矛貝('曰向裝置,其中轉動該滾輪 所而义轉矩是40-60克-厘米。 11. 根據申請專利範圍第s項之指向裝置,又包含一耦合到 該滾輪之輪盤’該輪盤具有複數個徑向間隔在該滾^表 面,凸起構件,將該滾輪自一非連續位置移動到另—非 連續位置係對應於將一接合構件移動到該滚輪的—凸起 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 構件之上,當該接合構件通過該凸起構件而在該凸起構 件之最高點時,將傳送信號。 12·恨據中請專利範囷第u項之指向裝置,#中該滾輪上設 有1 8個凸起構件,且該滚輪之直徑爲〇 875英寸。 13一種用於將命令輸入一電腦之指向装置,包含: —主體:以及 一辑合到該主體之滾輪,該滚輪係延伸到該主體的上3〇8β8〇Α8 Β8 CS D8 The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau employee consumption cooperation printing application patent scope 1 _ A pointing device for inputting commands into a computer, including: a king body, the main body has a front end and a back end 1. An upper surface having a high point provided thereon; and a roller fitted to the main body, the roller extends above the upper surface of the main body, and the roller is located on the main body — The front area, so when a user places a metacarpal-phalangeal joint of the user ’s right palm or left palm at the high point, the size of the user ’s right palm or left palm falls in a North American adult In the range of the lowest 5% female to the highest 95% male, the user can use the index finger to rotate and press the roll, while keeping the index finger on a neutral position on a biomechanical machine. 2. The pointing device according to item i of the patent application scope, wherein the roller does not extend beyond 0.1 inches above the upper surface of the main body. 3. The pointing device according to item 2 of the patent application scope, wherein the upper surface is inclined upward from the front end of the pointing device to the high point, and then downward from the high point to the rear end of the pointing device and the roller system Positioned at-an area extending 4 1 -66 mm from this high point. 4. The pointing device according to item 2 of the patent application scope, wherein the width of the roller is 0.25-0.4 inches. 5. The pointing device according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the radius of the outer edge of the roller is designed to allow the user to rotate and press the roller along the outer edge of the roller. 6. The pointing device according to item 1 of the patent application scope, in which the outer surface of the roller is made of elastic material in order to improve the contact between the user's index finger and the roller. -66-Use Chinese National Standards (CNS) 8 4 secrets (210X297mm) The scope of applying for patents is based on the instructions in item § of the patent application park6. Gram centimeters to rotate the roller skirt two'two, to press the roller. Force 8. According to the first item of the scope of the patent application, the pointing device s is also here, ± this is set 'where the roller can be rotated between a plurality of discontinuous positions' and the roller is moved to each position, it will be caused by the When the scroll wheel moves, the selected number is transferred to the computer. &amp; 9_According to the pointing device in the 8th patent scope, which requires applying a predetermined range of torque to move the roller to each continuous position, therefore: feedback is provided to the "person in order to- The cut fruit is related to the t-rotor and the amount of rotation required by the roller. 10. According to the index of the ninth item of the patent application | · Luo Gumaobei ('Yue Xiang device, in which the torque of rotating the roller is 40 -60 g-cm. 11. According to the pointing device of the patent application scope item s, it also includes a roulette coupled to the roller. The roulette has a plurality of radially spaced surfaces on the roller ^. The roller moves from a discontinuous position to another—the discontinuous position corresponds to moving a joint member onto the roller—a raised member of the Ministry of Economy Central Standard Falcon Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative, when the joint member passes the When the convex member is at the highest point of the convex member, a signal will be transmitted. 12 · Hardly according to the pointing device of the patent U.S. Patent No. u, there are 18 convex members on the roller in #, and the The diameter of the roller is 875 inches. 13 一Pointing device for inputting commands of a computer, comprising: - body: and a series bonded to the main body of the roller, the roller extending into the body based A8 Βδ C8 ^_ Z^S 々、申請專利範圍 表面之上不超過ο.1英寸,且該滾輪係位於該主m 前方區域,、因而-使用者可利用其右手或左手的食指轉 動並按墨孩滾輪,且其中需要施加40_60克-厘米之轉翅 以轉動該滾輪’且需要施加70_130的力以按壓該滾輪, 以便使用者得以選擇性地轉動或按壓該滚輪。 14. 根據中請專利範圍第13項之指向裝置,纟中該滚輪可轉 動到複數溷非連續位置,且將該滾輪移動到每一位置時 ,將造成於該滾輪移動時在所選擇的一點上將—信號傳 运到孩電馘,且需要施加一預定範圍的轉矩而將該滾輪 移動到各連續的位置,以便將反饋提供給使用者,而將 一所需(結果與該滚輪所需之轉矩及轉動量相關聯^ 15. —種用於將命令輸入一電腦之指向裝置,包含: 一主體;以及 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 --- - - 1 I - ^ 裝-I -I I - I I 訂 *- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -耦合到孩主體之滾輪,該滾輪係延伸到該主體的上 表面之上一個選擇量,且該滚輪係位於該主體的一前方 區域’因而一使用者可利用其右手或左手的食指轉動並 按墨孩滾輪,且一輪盤係耦合到該滾輪,該輪盤具有複 數個徑向間隔在該滾輪表面之凸起構件,將該滾輪自一 非連績位置移動到另一非連續位置係對應於將—接合構 件移動到一凸起構件之上,當該接合構件通過該凸起構 件而在该凸起構件之最高點時,將信號傳送到該電腦, 因叩將反饋提供给使用者,以便將—所需之結果與該滾 輪之一特定轉動相關聯。 16 ·根據申请專利範圍第1 5項之指向裝置,其中需要施加 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇χ297公釐) 8〇^68〇 A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央標準局員Η消費合作社印製 為第一及第二開關係位於該外殼之内; —位於該第一及第二換能器附近且在該 轉球體,因而該第一及第二換能器產生用 轉動的該第一及第二換能器信號: —形成該外殼頂面之殼頂,該殼頂包含 體延伸之支柱構件,以便使該輸入裝置不 内坂球體之強制性移動而引發的可能損害 彼分成第--及第二支柱邹分,每一支柱部 面及—内表面,該等内表面係被隔開,而 申請專利範圍 40-60克-厘米之轉矩以轉動該滚輪,且需要施加70-130 的力以按壓該滾輪,因而使用者得以選擇性地轉動或按 壓該滾輪,而不會無意間執行一項不需要的功能。 17.—種將使用者命令提供給一電腦之輸入裝置,包含: 第一及第二換能器,用以接收使用者指示輸入裝置沿 著兩個垂直方向移動之命令,並回應該等使用者命令而 產生第一及第二換能器信號: 第一及第二開關,用以接收使用者指示啓動該第一及 第二開關之命令,並回應該等使用者命令而產生第一及 第二開關信號; 一锅合到該第.-及第二換能器及該第一及第二開關之 控制電路,用以接收該第一及第二換能器信號以及該第 —及第二開關信號,並回應該等信號而將一輸出信號提供 給該電腦; 形成一外殼底面之殼底,該第一及第二換能器以及 外殼之内的可 來指示該球體 —向下朝該球 會受到該外殼 ’該支柱構件 分都有一外表 在其間界定了 m n ntn ml m ^^^^1 ^ ml Bmt ^^^^1 I I 、 ^ U3. 、\sti ' (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 69 -A8 Βδ C8 ^ _ Z ^ S 々, the patent application surface does not exceed ο.1 inches, and the roller is located in the area in front of the main m, so-the user can use his right or left index finger to turn and press Ink roller, and it needs to apply 40_60 g-cm rotor to rotate the roller 'and need to apply 70_130 force to press the roller, so that the user can selectively rotate or press the roller. 14. According to the pointing device in item 13 of the Chinese patent application, the roller can be rotated to a plurality of discontinuous positions, and when the roller is moved to each position, it will cause the selected point when the roller moves The general—the signal is transmitted to the child, and a predetermined range of torque needs to be applied to move the scroll wheel to successive positions in order to provide feedback to the user, and a desired (result is determined by the scroll wheel). The required torque is related to the amount of rotation ^ 15. — A pointing device used to input commands into a computer, including: a main body; and printed by the Employees ’Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -----1 I-^ Install-I -II-II Order *-(please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -Coupling to the roller of the child body, the roller extends to a selected amount above the upper surface of the body, and the roller It is located in a front area of the body 'so that a user can use his right or left index finger to rotate and press the ink wheel, and a wheel disc is coupled to the wheel, the wheel disc having a plurality of radial intervals on the surface of the wheel Convex Starting member, moving the roller from a non-continuous position to another non-continuous position corresponds to moving the engaging member over a raised member, when the engaging member passes the raised member to the raised member At the highest point, the signal is transmitted to the computer, and the feedback is provided to the user by tapping, so that the desired result is related to a specific rotation of the roller. 16 · According to the direction of item 15 of the patent application scope The device, which needs to be applied to this paper standard, is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇297 mm) 8〇 ^ 68〇A8 B8 C8 D8 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative as a member of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Consumer Cooperative The open relationship is within the housing;-is located near the first and second transducers and on the rotating sphere, so the first and second transducers generate the first and second transducer signals for rotation :-The top of the shell forming the top surface of the outer shell, the top of the shell contains a pillar member extending body, so that the input device may not be forced by the movement of the saka sphere, and the possible damage caused by the split into the first and second pillar ,each The pillar part surface and the inner surface, which are separated, and the patent application torque range of 40-60 g-cm to rotate the roller, and need to apply a force of 70-130 to press the roller, so use The user can selectively rotate or press the wheel without inadvertently performing an unnecessary function. 17. An input device that provides user commands to a computer, including: first and second transducers , Used to receive commands from the user to instruct the input device to move in two vertical directions, and respond to these user commands to generate first and second transducer signals: first and second switches to receive the user Instruct the command to activate the first and second switches, and generate the first and second switch signals in response to the user commands; one pot is coupled to the first and second transducers and the first and second switches The control circuit of the switch is used to receive the first and second transducer signals and the first and second switch signals, and provide an output signal to the computer in response to these signals; , The first The second transducer and the inside of the housing can be used to indicate the sphere-downwards towards the ball will be affected by the housing. The strut member has an appearance that defines mn ntn ml m ^^^^ 1 ^ ml Bmt ^ ^^^ 1 II, ^ U3., \ Sti '(please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 69- 申請專利範圍 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印繁 —空隙;以及 耦合到-鉸鏈構件之第―及第二按鈕,各第一及第二 都有Jl表面’且都定位於該外殼之頂面,該鼓鍵 構件係固定於該殼頂,該较鏈構件包含分別向外延伸到 I第-及第二支柱部分之第一及第二主要鉸鏈部分,且 孩鉸鏈構件具有至少—個延伸穿過該空隙且介於該第一 及第二支柱部分次級鉸鏈部分,其中該第一及第二主要 ,至個次級鉸鏈部分都具有—鉸鏈線,因而在按唇 .按鈕的上表面時’可將施加到各按鈕的轉矩力減至最 '、’孩第—及第二按纽係分較位在該第-及第二開關 上,以便啓動該第一及第二開關。 18t據中請專利範圍第17項之輸人裝置,其中該鉸鏈構件 匕3分别與琢第—及第二按鈕一體成形之第—及第二次 '•及叙鏈邵分’㈣-及第二次級賤部分則目互分開以 供獨互移動,且該第'及第二鉸鏈部分延伸穿過該空隙 ’ ^係分別位於該第-及第二支柱部分内表面的附近, 且其中當叙鏈構件係固定於該殼頂#,該第主 要鉸鏈部分係分別位於該第一 必不 及舒—无枉邵分外表面的 附近。 輸入裝置中之使用者命令輸人總成,該輸入裝 置於將使料命令提供給—電腦,該輸人裝置包含 王體,该王體具有上端部分及下端部分,且該輸入裝 控制電路’用以將電腦信號輸出到該電腦,該 使用者命令輸入總成包含: (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) - - - - I - I - - I I -I裝- 訂 -70 -Scope of patent application: Indo-Traditional Printing-Gap; Employee Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economics; and the first and second buttons coupled to the hinge member, each of the first and second has a Jl surface 'and is positioned on the top surface of the housing The drum key member is fixed to the top of the case, the chain member includes first and second main hinge parts that extend outward to the first and second pillar parts, respectively, and the child hinge member has at least one extension through Pass the gap and intervene in the secondary hinge parts of the first and second pillar parts, wherein the first and second primary, to the secondary hinge parts all have a hinge line, so when pressing the upper surface of the lip. Button 'The torque force applied to each button can be reduced to the maximum', 'child- and second buttons are placed on the first and second switches to activate the first and second switches. 18t according to the patent input device of item 17, in which the hinge member dagger 3 and the second button and the second button are integrally formed-and the second '• Xu Lian Shaofen' and the second The second secondary parts are separated from each other for independent movement, and the first and second hinge parts extend through the gap ^ are located near the inner surfaces of the first and second pillar parts, respectively The chain link member is fixed to the shell top #, and the first main hinge parts are located near the outer surface of the first inferior Shu-Wu Fang Shao Fen. The user command input input assembly in the input device provides input commands to the computer. The input device includes a king body. The king body has an upper part and a lower part, and the input is equipped with a control circuit. Used to output computer signals to the computer, the user command input assembly includes: (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 申請專利範圍 一位於該主體内的輪架; 一以可轉動之方式安裝在該輪架之滚輪,且該滾輪係 自該主體的該上端部分向外突出,且可以視爲一構成單 位之方式按壓該滾輪及輪架; —位於该主體内且係糖合到該滾輪之換能器,該換能 器產生一指示該滾輪轉動之換能器信號; 一位於該主體的該下端部分與該輪架間之彈簧構件, 用以將一向上偏壓力施加到該輪架;以及 一位於該輪架附近之開關,以便啓動該開關,並於該 滾輪連同輪架被向下按壓時產生一開關信號,該控制電 路係耦合到该換能器及孩開關,以便接收該換能器信號 及開關’is號,並回應该等信號而輸出電腦信號。 20-根據申請專利範圍第19項之使用者命令輸入總成,其中 該輪架固定地使該換能器保持在作業上與該滾輪接合, 以便連同該輪架移動,且其中該輸入裝置又包含一耦合 於該換能器與該控制電路間之電氣連接器,該電氣連接 器具有至少兩個形成^其中的橫向延料頭,在該等彎 頭之間產生-部分的該電氣連接器,當滾輪連同輪架二 按壓而啓動該開關時,該答學s ^ 、 邊寺弩頭係作爲該電氣連接器樞 轉移動之鉸鏈點。 21.根據由請專利範園第μ項之俅去八 ^ 使所赏〒令輸入總成,其中 该滾輪包含一輪軸,且其中绩遥能% 、 、Τ為饫此器包含一觸覺總成, 該觸覺總成具有.一觸覺反錯般BL W見.又躓盤及一皞唇接合構件,其中 該觸覺反饋盤係在作業t k /、ίι! &amp; h 4· 粟上稱合到涊輪軸,並具有複數規 ‘紙張μ適用中國國家揲準(CNS〉a爾 n nn m Λ nn .HI— m m n 一 J' - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -71 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印裝 A8 B8 _ C8 —________ D8 六、申請專利範圍 ~~~- 則、伸〜止回部,其中該偏!接合構件具有-突出構件 ’菽突出構件向該觸覺反饋盤的各止回部之間延伸,並 容納於該等止回部sps] ,、,— ? 並 ^ ^ ^ 9 ,因而孩滾輪只能移動到複數個 每一非連續位置將一觸覺反饋提供給使用 者以便指不該滚輪移到了該非連續位置。 22. 拫據申請專利範圍第19項之使用者命令輸入總成,其中 该彈菁構件提供了大約3 G到5 5克力之間的彈黄力,其中 μ開關大.巧需要4〇到75克的力來啓動,且其中該滾輪需 要70到130克的力來按壓並啓動該開關。 23. 種在电腦系統中顯示資訊之方法,該電腦系統具有 电知 視覺顯示裝置、及一使用者輸入裝置,該使 用者輸入裝置具有一外殼、第一及第二換能器,該第一 及第二換能器係由該外殼所支承,並接收使用者指示該 外忒沿著兩個正交方向移動之命令,並回應該等使用者 命令而將各別的第一及第二信號輸出到該電腦,該方法 包含下列各步驟: 提供一檔案,該檔案具有若干層級的可顯示資料,每 一層級具有一對應的顯示資料量: 提供一由該外殼支承的使用者可啓動構件; 在可選擇的量内啓動該使用者可啓動構件: 將一第三信號自該輸入裝置輸出到該電腦,以便指示 使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件之啓動量,每—層級的該 檔案可顯示資料對應於所選擇的該可啓動構件之啓動量 -72 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS ) Α4洗格(210Χ297公着:) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝. 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ___ C8 ____________D8 六、申請專利範圍 ---- 决定使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件之啓動量; 選擇该檔案中對應於使用者選擇的啓動量之一層級可 顯示資料;以及 顯示裝置上顯示所選擇層級的可顯示資料。 24. 根據中請專利範園第23項之方法,其中該提供—樓案之 步驟提供一具有若干放大比率層級的可顯示資料,且其 中忒顯示步規在該顯示裝置上顯示一經過選擇的放大比 率層級之可顯示資料。 25. 根據申請專利範圍第23項之方法,其中該提供一具有若 干可顯7F資料層級的檔案之步驟提供若干對應於該檔案 内所组織資料階層之層級,且其中該顯示步驟顯示—對 應選擇階層之該檔案資料。 26· —種資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入系統,該系統包括—電 腦,該電腦具有記憶體及一視覺顯示裝置,該系統包含 一相關資料集合,該相關資料集合具有若干群可顯示 資料’每一群都具有一顯示資料量,該電腦在該顯示裝 置上選擇性地顯示每一群資料的資料集合之可顯示資科 « 一核合到該電腦之使用者命令輸入裝置,該使用者命 ♦輸入裝置具有—外殼、以及第一及第二換能器,該第 一及弟二換能器係由該外殼所支承,並接收使用者指示 該外殼沿著兩個正交方向移動之命令,並回應該等使用 者命令而將各別的第一及第二信號輸出到該電腦,該使 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 袈 *1T -73 -A8 B8 C8 D8 Printed and applied for patent scope by the employee consumer cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs: a wheel frame located in the main body; a wheel mounted on the wheel frame in a rotatable manner, and the wheel is from the upper end of the body Partially protruding outwards, and can be regarded as a constituent unit to press the roller and the wheel frame;-a transducer located in the body and coupled to the roller, the transducer generates a transducer indicating the rotation of the roller Energy signal; a spring member located between the lower end portion of the body and the wheel frame to apply an upward biasing force to the wheel frame; and a switch located near the wheel frame to activate the switch, and A switch signal is generated when the wheel and the wheel frame are pressed down, the control circuit is coupled to the transducer and the child switch, so as to receive the transducer signal and the switch's number, and output in response to these signals Computer signal. 20. The user command input assembly according to item 19 of the patent application scope, wherein the wheel frame fixedly keeps the transducer in operation to engage with the roller to move with the wheel frame, and wherein the input device Comprising an electrical connector coupled between the transducer and the control circuit, the electrical connector having at least two lateral extension heads formed therein, a portion of the electrical connector is generated between the elbows When the roller is pressed together with the wheel frame two to activate the switch, the answer s ^ and the Biansi crossbow head serve as the hinge point for the pivotal movement of the electrical connector. 21.According to the item μ of the patent application, please go to the eighth input command assembly, where the scroll wheel contains a wheel, and the performance remote energy%, 、 T is only the device contains a tactile assembly , The haptic assembly has a tactile sense like BL W. Seen again, and a lip joint member, wherein the tactile feedback disk is in the operation tk /, ίι! &Amp; h 4 · Su on the mill is called to 涊Axle with multiple gauges 'Paper μ is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS> a er n nn m Λ nn .HI— mmn a J'-(please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -71 Printed by the Bureau of Standards and Staff ’s Consumer Cooperative A8 B8 _ C8 —________ D8 VI. Scope of patent application ~~~-Then, extension ~ non-return part, where the deviation! Between each of the non-return parts, and accommodated in these non-return parts sps] ,,, — — and ^ ^ ^ 9, so the child wheel can only move to a plurality of each non-continuous position to provide a tactile feedback to The user can indicate that the scroll wheel has moved to the discontinuous position. According to the user command input assembly of item 19 of the patent application scope, the spring component provides a spring force between approximately 3 G and 55 grams of force, where the μ switch is large. Qiao requires 40 to 75 grams of To activate, and wherein the roller requires 70 to 130 grams of force to press and activate the switch. 23. A method of displaying information in a computer system with an electronic visual display device and a user input device , The user input device has a housing, first and second transducers, the first and second transducers are supported by the housing, and receive the user's instruction that the outer the along two orthogonal directions Move commands, and respond to these user commands to output the respective first and second signals to the computer. The method includes the following steps: Provide a file with several levels of displayable data, each The level has a corresponding amount of display data: providing a user-activatable member supported by the housing; activating the user-activatable member within a selectable amount: outputting a third signal from the input device To the computer to indicate the activation amount of the startable component selected by the user, and the file at each level can display data corresponding to the activation amount of the selected startable component -72-This paper size is applicable to the Chinese national government Standard (CNS) Α4 wash grid (210X297 publication :) (please read the notes on the back before filling in this page). Packed. Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. -Determine the activation amount of the startable component selected by the user; select one level of displayable data in the file corresponding to the activation amount selected by the user; and display the displayable data of the selected level on the display device. 24. According to the method of item 23 of the China Patent Patent Park, where the step of providing — building case provides a displayable data with several levels of magnification ratio, and wherein the display step gauge displays a selected on the display device Displayable data at the zoom ratio level. 25. The method according to item 23 of the patent application scope, wherein the step of providing a file with a number of 7F data levels can provide a number of levels corresponding to the data hierarchy organized in the file, and wherein the display step shows-corresponding Select the file data of the hierarchy. 26 · —A system for displaying information and inputting user commands. The system includes a computer with a memory and a visual display device. The system includes a set of related data. The set of related data has several groups of displayable data. A group has a display data volume, and the computer selectively displays the data set of each group of data on the display device. A user command input device integrated with the computer can be displayed. The user orders input The device has a housing, and first and second transducers, the first and second transducers are supported by the housing, and receive a user's instruction to move the housing in two orthogonal directions, and In response to these user commands, output the respective first and second signals to the computer, which should be used (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 袈 * 1T -73- 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 用者命令輸入裝置亦且古 ,...Α 戌私描&amp;口由射卜殼所支承之使用者可 β動構件’ 4在所選擇的複數個非連續位置上啓動該 使:者可啓動構件’而使一第三信號輸出到該電腦,以 便指π使用者將該可啓動構件啓動到—個或多個非連續 位置,且財科集合㈣—料顯示資料對應於所選擇 的孩可啓動構件之非連續啓動量;以及 '該電腦回應該第三信號,而決定使用者所選擇的該可 啓動構件《非連續啓動量’並自該資料集合中選擇—群 對應於使用者所選擇的非連續啓動量之可顯示資料,並 在該視覺顯示裝置上顯示所選擇的該群可顯示資料。 27. 根據申清專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統’其中該使用者命令輸入裝置是一滑鼠,且其中該 使用者可啓動構件是一自該滑鼠上表面突出之滾輪。 28. 根據申蜻專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統,其中該資料集合對應於—文件,其中該文件之該 等群可顯示資料對應於若干故大比率層級之可顯示資料 ’且其中該電腦回應使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件之非 連續啓動量,而顯示一所選擇的對應放大比率層級之文 件: 〜. 29·根據申請專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統’其中該資料集合對應於一個或多個文件,其中該 文件 &lt; 該等群可顯示資料對應於該等一個或多個文件内 所祖織資料的邏輯結構,且其中該電腦回應使用者所選 擇的1¾可啓動構件之非連續啓動量,而顯示該等—個或 -74 本紙張尺度遑用中國國家縣(CNs) μ錄(加幻们公幻 i------tr------f 二 f碕先聞請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 申請專利範圍 多個文件的所選擇一對應結構之資料。 30. 根據申請專利範圍第26項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統,其中該資料集合對應於―文件,其中該文件之該 等群可顯示資料對應於在邏輯上相鄰的若干群資料,且 其中该電腦回應使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件之非連續 啓動量,而爲孩又件捲動並顯示在邏輯上相鄰的—對應 群數之資料。 ~ 31. 根據申請專利範圍第26項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統,其中該资料集合對應於—文件,其中該文件少該 等群可顯示資料對應於在遲輯上相鄰的若干群資料 其中該電腦回應使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件之非連續 啓動量,而在該視覺顯示裝置上爲該文件自動連續捲動 並顯示在邏輯上相鄰的若干群資科,且無須額外的使用 者輸入。 32. 根據申請專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統,其中該資料集合對應於一文件,其中該文件之該 等群可顯示資料對應於在邏輯上相鄭的若干群資料,且 其中該電腦回應使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件之非連續 啓動量,而以一使用者選擇的速率爲該文件自動連續捲 動並顯示在邏輯上栢郯的若干群資料,該使用者選擇的 速率對應於施加到該使用者命令輸入裝置的使用者命令 所產生之選擇性產生第一及第二信號。· 33‘根據申請專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統’其中該資料集合對應於一文件,且該文件之二維 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 乂裝. 訂 75 - 申請專利範圍 A8 B8 C8 D8 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 可顯示尺寸大於該視覺顯示裝置之顯 件之該等群可顯示資料對應於若干區域二顯其2文 且其中該電腦回應使用者所選擇的該可構 續啓動量’而在該視覺顯示裝置上爲該文件 區域資料的畫面,並顯示該對應區域資科。 、〜 34:據申請專利範圍第26項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統,其中該資料集合對應於'文件,且 可顯示尺寸大於該視覺顯示裝置之顯示區域,其中;,.’ 件之該等群可顯示資料對應於若干區域的可顯示資料 且其中孩電腦回應使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件之非 續啓動量,而在該視覺顯示裝置上以一使用者選擇的 率爲該文件移動-對應區域資料的畫面,並顯示該對 2域資料,該使用者選擇的速率對應於施加到該使用 π令輪入裝置的使用者命令所產生之選擇性產生第一 第二信號。 35.根據申請專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸 系、’先,又包含一耦合到該電腦之鍵盤,且該鍵盤具有 少一個特殊功能鍵, 且其中孩電腦回應使用者啓動了該特殊功能鍵,而w Θ貝料集合中選擇另一群對應於使用者所選擇的非連續 啓動量之可顯示資料,以便在該視覺顯示裝置上顯示 36_根據申請專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸 *丁、統’又包含一耦合到該電腦之鍵盤,且該鍵盤具有 少一個特殊功能键, 文 速應 老 及 入 至 白 入 至 {請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂 -76The user command input device printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is also ancient, ... A private description &amp; portable user-movable member supported by the shooting shell '4 in the selected plurality Activate the enabler at a non-continuous position: a person can activate the component 'and cause a third signal to be output to the computer, so that the π user can activate the activated component to one or more non-continuous locations, and the financial department gathers -The material display data corresponds to the discontinuous activation amount of the selected child-startable component; and 'the computer responds to the third signal and determines the discontinuous activation amount of the startable component selected by the user and from the data Selection in the group—The group corresponds to the displayable data of the discontinuous activation amount selected by the user, and displays the selected group displayable data on the visual display device. 27. The information display and user command input system according to item 26 of the declared patent scope, wherein the user command input device is a mouse, and wherein the user-activatable member is a protrusion from the upper surface of the mouse Of the wheel. 28. The information display and user command input system according to item 26 of Shenlong ’s patent scope, where the data set corresponds to a document, where the group displayable data of the document corresponds to a number of displayable ratio levels Data 'and in which the computer responds to the discontinuous activation amount of the startable component selected by the user, and displays a selected document corresponding to the magnification ratio level: ~. 29 · Information display according to item 26 of patent application scope And user command input system 'where the data set corresponds to one or more documents, where the documents &lt; the groups can display the data corresponding to the logical structure of the data woven within the one or more documents, and where The computer responds to the discontinuous starting amount of the 1¾ startable components selected by the user, and displays these-or -74 copies of this paper standard using Chinese National Counties (CNs) μ recording --- tr ------ f Two fk, please read the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) A8 B8 C8 D8 Multiple documents of patent application scope printed and printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The selected one corresponds to the structure of the data. 30. The information display and user command input system according to item 26 of the patent application scope, wherein the data set corresponds to a document, wherein the group displayable data of the document corresponds to logically adjacent groups of data, And in which the computer responds to the discontinuous starting amount of the startable member selected by the user, and scrolls for the child and displays logically adjacent data corresponding to the number of groups. ~ 31. The information display and user command input system according to item 26 of the patent application scope, where the data set corresponds to a document, where the document has fewer groups and the displayable data corresponds to several groups adjacent in the late edition In the data, the computer responds to the discontinuous starting amount of the startable component selected by the user, and automatically scrolls continuously for the document on the visual display device and displays a number of logically adjacent groups of funds, without additional User input. 32. The information display and user command input system according to item 26 of the patent application scope, wherein the data set corresponds to a document, and the group displayable data of the document corresponds to a group of logically logical data , And where the computer responds to the discontinuous starting amount of the startable component selected by the user, and automatically scrolls the document at a rate selected by the user continuously and displays a number of logically grouped groups of data, the use of The rate selected by the user corresponds to the selectively generated first and second signals generated by the user command applied to the user command input device. · 33 'Information display and user command input system according to item 26 of the patent application scope' where the data set corresponds to a document and the two-dimensional of the document (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 乂Packing. Order 75-The scope of patent applications A8 B8 C8 D8 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics, which can display the display size larger than the visual display device. The group of displayable data corresponds to a number of regions. Wherein, the computer responds to the user's selection of the continuable activation amount, and displays the data of the document area on the visual display device, and displays the corresponding area information. , ~ 34: Information display and user command input system according to item 26 of the patent scope, where the data set corresponds to 'documents, and the display size is larger than the display area of the visual display device, where; The group displayable data corresponds to the displayable data in several areas and the child computer responds to the non-continuable activation amount of the startable member selected by the user, and the user selects the rate on the visual display device as the File movement-corresponding area data screen, and displaying the pair of 2-field data, the rate selected by the user corresponds to the selective generation of the first and second signals generated by the user command applied to the device using the π-order round-robin. 35. According to the information display and user command input of item 26 in the scope of patent application, first, it also includes a keyboard coupled to the computer, and the keyboard has at least one special function key, and the child computer responds to the user The special function key is activated, and another group of displayable data corresponding to the non-continuous activation amount selected by the user is selected in the w Θ shell material set, so as to display 36_ on the visual display device 36 The item information display and user command input * Ding, Tong 'also includes a keyboard coupled to the computer, and the keyboard has one less special function key, the text speed should be old and entered to white to {please read the back Matters needing attention before filling this page) 装 · 定 -76 '中請專利範圍 ¾濟部中央椟準局員工消費合作社印裝 ,且其中該資料集合對應於一文件,其中該文件之該等 鮮可顯不資料對應於在邏輯上相郝的若干群資料,且其 中孩電腦回應施加到該使用者命令輸入裝置的使用者命 令所產生之選擇性產生第一及第二信號,而爲該文件: 動並顯示一對應行數的資料β 37 .根據申請專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系、.先,其中#亥使用者可啓動構件具有一觸覺構件,該觸 覺構件可讓該可啓動構件移動到該等複數個非連續位置 ’每一非連續位置將一觸覺反饋提供給使用者,以便指 777孩使用者可啓動構件移到了該非連續位置, 且其中該電腦自該資料集合選擇對應於使用者所選擇 到達該非連磧位置的啓動量的可顯示資料之個別群可顯 示資料,以便在該視覺顯示裝置上顯示。 3§·根據申請專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系統’其中該資料集合係自一群組中選出,該群組包含 —文書處理文件、一試算表文件、一簡報文件、一時間 管理資料檔、一檔案目綠資斜檔、及一系列超文書鏈結 文件。 39·根據φ請專利範圍第2 6項之資訊顯示及使用者命令輸入 系统,其中該電腦根據該第三信號而轉換使用者對該可 啓動構件作非連續啓動之方向及大小,且其中該電腦又 包含一軟體開關,該軟體開關可讓該電腦逆向轉換使用 者封該可啓動構件作非連續啓動之方向。 40. —種.在—電腦系統中顯示資訊之方法,該電腦系統具有 77 n I - I— —I— I -*·......... 1 1 - - I -I - - !-1、1T &gt;1 (請先聞讀背面之注意項再填寫本頁) 良紙張从遑财國*1家橾準(CNS ) ( 210X297公釐) Α8 Β8 C8 D8 3〇8β8〇 、申請專利範圍 —電腦、—視覺顯示裝置、及一使用者輸入裝置,該使 用者輸入裝置具有一外殼、第一及第二換能器,該第一 及第二換能器係由該外殼所支承,並接收使用者指示該 外设沿著兩個正交方向移動之命令,並回應該等使用者 命令而將各別的第—及第二信號輸出到該電腦,該方法 包含下列各步驟: 提供一相關資料集合,該相關資料集合具有若干群的 可顯示資料,每—群具有一顯示資料量; 提供一由該外殼支承的使用者可啓動構件,只能在所 選擇的複數個非連續位置上啓動該使用者可啓動構件; 在可選擇的量内將該使用者可啓動構件啓動到—個或 多個非連續位置: .將一第三信號自該輸入裝置輸出到該電腦,以便指示 使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件到達一個或多個非連續位 置之啓動量,該資料集合的每一群可顯示資科對應於所 選擇的該可啓動構件之啓動量; 決定使用者所選擇的該可啓動構件之啓動量; 選擇該資料集合中對應於使用者選擇的啓動量之_ , 可顯示資料;以及 在該顯示裝置上顯示所選擇的該群可顯示資料。 41_根據由請專利範圍第4 〇項之顯示資訊方法,其由。 丹干琢提供 相關資料集合之歩驟提供對應於若干放大比率風&amp; 卞.言硬的可 顯示資料之若干群可顯示資料,且其中顯示所選擇—, 可顯示資料之步驟顯示所選擇一對應放大比率層級的= -78- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS &gt; Α4洗格(2H)X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 訂 經濟部中夬榡準局員工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 料集合。 42·根據=專利範圍第4Q項之顯示資訊方法,其中該提供 相:等=集合,步驟提供一個或多個文件,其中該文件 :二抖、:顯T奢料對應於該等一個或多個文件内所組 鉍::〈邏輯結構,且其中該顯示所選擇-群可顯示 :t;^驟顯示該等-個或多個文件的所選擇-對應結 43. 根據申請專利範圍第4〇項之顯示資訊 相:資料集合之步碌提供—文件,其中該文件 可减不會料對應於邏輯上相都的若干群資料,且該 顯亦所選擇—群可顯示資料之步驟顯示該文件中在邏輯 上相鄰的-對應群數之資料。 ^在邏轉 44. 根據申請專利範圍第4〇項之顯示資訊方法,其中錢供 相關資料集合之步燦提供—文件,其中該文件的 可顯示資料對應於在邏輯上相鄰的若干鮮資料,且 顯一群可顯示資料之步壤自動連續i # ::::在邏輯上相都的若干群資料,且無須額編 45. 根據申請專利範圍第4〇項之顯示資訊方法,其中 料集合之步驟提供—文件,該文件之二維^ 尺^大於孩顯示装置之顯示區域,其中該文件之 可顯TF資料對應於若干區域之可顯示資 示=擇-群可顯示資料之步驟在該顯示裝置上= =中-對應區域的資料之畫面,並顯示該對應陳 -79 本紙張尺度it财ϋ國家標準(CNS ) Α4· ( 2GX297公着 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本I) 笨· 訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製'Chinese patent scope ¾ Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Economy, and the data set corresponds to a document, and the data in the document corresponds to a number of logically related data , And the computer generates the first and second signals selectively in response to the user command applied to the user command input device, and for the document: move and display a corresponding line of data β 37. According to the application The information display and user command input of item 26 of the patent scope. First, the # 海 user-actuable member has a tactile member, and the tactile member can move the activatable member to the plurality of discontinuous positions 'Each discontinuous position provides a tactile feedback to the user so that the 777 child user-activated member moves to the discontinuous position, and where the computer selects from the data set corresponds to the user's selection to reach the discontinuous position The individual groups of the displayable data of the activation amount can display the data for display on the visual display device. 3§ · According to item 26 of the scope of patent application, the information display and user command input system 'where the data set is selected from a group, the group includes-word processing documents, a trial balance document, a briefing document , A time management data file, a file green file slant file, and a series of hyper-document link documents. 39. According to the information display and user command input system according to item 26 of φ, the computer converts the direction and size of the discontinuous activation of the startable member by the user according to the third signal, and the The computer also includes a software switch that allows the computer to reversely reverse the direction in which the user can block the startable component for discontinuous start. 40. — Species. A method of displaying information in a computer system that has 77 n I-I— —I— I-* ......... 1 1--I -I-- ! -1, 1T &gt; 1 (please read the notes on the back and then fill in this page) Good papers from Fortune * 1 home standard (CNS) (210X297mm) Α8 Β8 C8 D8 3〇8β8〇, Patent application scope-computer,-visual display device, and a user input device, the user input device has a housing, first and second transducers, the first and second transducers are by the housing Support, and receive user instructions to move the peripheral device in two orthogonal directions, and respond to these user commands to output the first and second signals to the computer, the method includes the following steps : Provide a set of related data, the set of related data has several groups of displayable data, each group has a display data volume; Provide a user-activated component supported by the shell, only in the selected non-multiple Activate the user-actuable member at a continuous position; within a selectable amount The user can start the component to one or more non-continuous positions: output a third signal from the input device to the computer, so as to instruct the user to select the startable component to reach one or more non-continuous positions Activation amount, each group of the data set can display the activation amount corresponding to the selected startable component of the resource department; determine the activation amount of the startable component selected by the user; select the data set corresponding to the user _ Of the selected activation amount can display data; and display the selected group displayable data on the display device. 41_According to the method of displaying information according to item 40 of the scope of the patent application, the reason. Dan Ganzhuo provides related data collection steps. Provides several groups of displayable data that correspond to certain magnification ratios. The displayable data is hard to display data, and the selected one is displayed, and the step of displaying the data shows the selected one. Corresponding to the magnification ratio level = -78- This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS &gt; Α4 wash grid (2H) X297mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) A8 B8 C8 D8 printed by the Bureau ’s employee consumer cooperatives and the collection of patent application materials. 42. The method of displaying information according to item 4Q of the patent scope, in which the provision phase: equal = set, the step provides one or more documents, in which the document: two shakes, the display T corresponds to the one or more Groups of bismuth in each file :: <Logical structure, and where the display selection-group can display: t; ^ step display of these-the selection of one or more files-corresponding junction 43. According to the patent application No. 4 Item ○ display information phase: data collection step-by-step provision-document, where the document can be expected to correspond to several groups of data that are logically coherent, and the display is also selected-the step of group display data Logically adjacent-corresponding to the number of groups in the file. ^ 在 络 转 44. According to the method of displaying information in item 40 of the patent application scope, in which money is provided by Buchan, a related data collection-a document, where the displayable data of the document corresponds to a number of logically adjacent fresh data , And display a group of data that can be displayed automatically and continuously i # :::: a number of groups of data that are logically equal, and no need to edit 45. According to the method of displaying information in item 40 of the patent application scope, the material is collected The steps of providing a document, the two-dimensional ^ size ^ of the document is larger than the display area of the child display device, wherein the TF data that can be displayed in the file corresponds to the displayable information of several areas = the step of displaying the data in the group is displayed on the display On the device = = Medium-a picture of the corresponding area of the data, and display the corresponding Chen-79 paper standard IT National Standard (CNS) Α4 · (2GX297 public (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this I) Stupid · Printed by the Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs
TW85103496A 1996-03-12 1996-03-22 System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a display able data file using an ergonomic computer input device TW308680B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/614,147 US6097371A (en) 1996-01-02 1996-03-12 System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a displayable data file using an ergonomic computer input device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW308680B true TW308680B (en) 1997-06-21

Family

ID=51566223

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW85103496A TW308680B (en) 1996-03-12 1996-03-22 System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a display able data file using an ergonomic computer input device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW308680B (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6157369A (en) * 1997-10-14 2000-12-05 Logitech, Inc. Optical-mechanical roller with ratchet
US6292113B1 (en) 1997-03-25 2001-09-18 Primax Electronics Ltd. Finger operated module for generating encoding signals
US6326949B1 (en) 1999-03-11 2001-12-04 Logitech Europe S.A. Wheel support guide for vertical wheel support movement

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6292113B1 (en) 1997-03-25 2001-09-18 Primax Electronics Ltd. Finger operated module for generating encoding signals
US6400284B2 (en) 1997-03-25 2002-06-04 Primax Electronics, Ltd. Finger operated module for generating encoding signals
US6157369A (en) * 1997-10-14 2000-12-05 Logitech, Inc. Optical-mechanical roller with ratchet
US6429848B2 (en) 1997-10-14 2002-08-06 Logitech Europe S.A. Optical-mechanical roller with ratchet
US6326949B1 (en) 1999-03-11 2001-12-04 Logitech Europe S.A. Wheel support guide for vertical wheel support movement

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6281881B1 (en) System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a displayable data file using an ergonomic computer input device
US7322011B2 (en) System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a displayable data file using an ergonomic computer input device
US6986614B2 (en) Dual navigation control computer keyboard
US6940488B1 (en) System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a displayable data file using an ergonomic computer input device
Milner A Review of Human Performance and Preferences with Different Input Devices to Computer Systems.
US6515690B1 (en) Systems and methods providing an interface for navigating dynamic text
US7190351B1 (en) System and method for data input
US6429852B1 (en) Ergonomic input device
TWI269200B (en) Keyboard with improved lateral region
US6999065B1 (en) Linear touch input device
US7729542B2 (en) Using edges and corners for character input
US7012595B2 (en) Handheld electronic device with touch pad
US5917476A (en) Cursor feedback text input method
US7592998B2 (en) System and method for inputting characters using a directional pad
US20110209087A1 (en) Method and device for controlling an inputting data
Lee et al. From seen to unseen: Designing keyboard-less interfaces for text entry on the constrained screen real estate of Augmented Reality headsets
Kuester et al. Towards keyboard independent touch typing in VR
US8279169B2 (en) Universal input device and system
US20010028340A1 (en) OHAI technology user interface
Potosnak Keys and keyboards
TW308680B (en) System and method of adjusting display characteristics of a display able data file using an ergonomic computer input device
US20020000922A1 (en) Portable information terminal allowing inputting operation with one hand
WO2006138329A2 (en) Programmable orientation handwriting recognition system and method
EP1019895B1 (en) Universal input device and system
JP3738066B2 (en) Screen touch input device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MK4A Expiration of patent term of an invention patent